Shiv Yog
Shiv Yog
Shiv Yog
Lord Shiva
Lord Shiva is considered the supreme deity, the ultimate source and goal by the
Saivite sect. The Pashupata, Shaiva Siddhanta and some other sects view Shiva s
equal to, or even greater than the Absolute (Brahman). Shiva’s character, unlike
Vishnu is ‘ambivalent,’ as he can be a moral and paternal god, or a god of
outsiders, of those outside the Brahmanical mainstream, worshipped in various
ways. Several Tantric cults are also associated with Shiva.
In classical Hindu mythology Shiva is the god of destruction, generally
portrayed as a yogin who lives on Mount Kailasa in the Himalayas. His body is
smeared with ashes, his hair piled up in matted locks. He wears an animal skin
and carries a trident. A cobra often serves as his garland and the crescent moon
as his hair ornament. He has a third eye, kept closed in the middle of his
forehead. He may be surrounded by his beautiful wife Parvati, and their two
sons, the six-faced Skanda and the elephant-headed Ganesha.
The ancient name of Shiva is Rudra, the Wild God. The Rig-Veda (10.61 and
1.71) tells that when time was about to begin he appeared as a wild hunter,
aflame, his arrow directed against the Creator (Prajapati) making love with his
virgin daughter, the Dawn (Usas). The Creator, terribly frightened, made Rudra
Lord of Animals (Pasupati) for sparing his life.
A key theme that first appears in later Vedic literature is the god’s rather
ambiguous relation to the sacrificial oblations and offerings. Originally Rudra-
Shiva seems to have been at least partly excluded from orthodox Vedic
sacrifices and thus has to demand his share of the offerings, sometimes
described as the share that is ‘left-over’ (ucchista). In the classical mythology
of Hinduism, this theme is incorporated into Shiva’s conflict with his first
father-in-law, the brahman named Daksha, whose sacrifice Shiva destroys
because he was not invited to it. Shiva beheads Daksha and then replaces it with
that of a goat, the sacrificial animal.
Many of the main episodes in the Shiva myth cycle revolve around the dynamic
tension between Shiva as the god equally of asceticism and eroticism, a master
of both yogic restraint and sexual prowess.
Shiva destroys Kama, the god of erotic love, with the fire from his third eye
when Kama attempts to disturb his ascetic trance. Subsequently Parvati,
daughter of the Himalaya, wins Shiva’s love through her own ascetic penance
and persuades him to revive Kama in disembodied form. For his visit to the pine
forest Shiva wears the guise of a naked ash-smeared ascetic, but he uses the
occasion to seduce, or attempt to seduce, the wives of the forest sages. As a
2
result, either of the sages’ curse or of his own action, Shiva is castrated and his
phallus, or linga, becomes fixed in the earth. The stylized stone linga, mounted
on an equally stylized vulva, or yoni, has become the central image of Saiva
worship and serves as the dual symbol of the god’s creative and ascetic power.
By chopping off the fifth head of Brahma, Shiva is charged with the major sin of
the murder of a Brahman and must undertake the penance, or the Great Vow
(mahavrata), of the Skull-Bearer (kapalin), an ascetic who wanders about with a
skull as a begging bowl. This Great Vow becomes the archetypical basis of the
ascetic sect of the Kapalikas or Mahavratins, who are equally noted for their
indulgence in the orgiastic rites of Tantric character. The complicated myth of
the birth of the six-faced Skanda, a son of Shiva, exists in a number of very
different versions. In part, Skanda is the son of Shiva and Parvati, but he is at the
same time the son of Agni and of the six Krittikas. His role is destroy the terrible
demon Taraka.
The three sons of Taraka later establish the mighty triple city of the demons,
which Shiva eventually destroys with a single arrow from his bow, Pinaka.
Another demon named Andhaka, the blind son of Shiva and/or of the demon
Hiranyaksha, lusts after Parvati but is defeated and reformed by Shiva. Shiva
beheads his Ganesha, whom he has never met, when Ganesha tries to prevent
the apparent stranger from entering the room of Parvati, Shiva’s wife and
Ganesha’s mother. Shiva then replaces his son’s head with that of an elephant
with one broken tusk, just as he once replaced Daksha’s head with that of a goat.
Shiva is transcendent and at the same time the Self of each individual. In
southern India to worship Shiva one must first purify the body with water before
entering the sacred space.
One must then present Shiva with beautiful things that symbolize one's heart and
soul. The presents can be incense, flowers or anything of beauty.
The presents must include a ripe coconut which the priest dashes against a stone
surface spilling its contents in front of the lingam or idol(Shiva's sign). The nut
represents the human skull, the home of the hardened ego. So the act of dashing
the coconut represents the sacrifice of the ego to the greater self.
Because the ego strongly defends itself, ego-centred individuals avoid Shiva
who demands this sacrifice. Indeed, they may see Shiva as a Devil.
The gods and goddesses, demons and demonesses of India are innumerable. The
myths about them are even greater in number. Shiva is outside this polytheistic
background.
3
His worship enables his worshiper to explore their innermost nature and
understand the wisdom of ancient history. Carl Gustav Jung might have called
Shiva a unique image of the Eurasian collective unconscious.
Shiva is a power capable of shaking lives by sending intuitions, subconscious
images from depths beneath our rational consciousness. Shiva is an archetype
that works on many levels.
The first image of Shiva is man's recognition of his humanity. That image
became the ruler of all other archetypes. It is the key to the mystery of humanity.
The West celebrated the Light, the path to liberation, as Christ, in imitation of
Hinduism.
However, the Indians call the present time period in the West the Dark ages
because Europe, The United States and other Western nations appear to have
lost the understanding of the images, rituals and expressions of the archetype.
Westerners have become too involved with consumerism and so depression,
anxiety befogs our understanding of our essence.
In India the archetype is remembered and more easily accessed. The West can
relearn the understanding of God and Self, Shiva, the gracious one. By studying
the Indian worship of Shiva. India is a living collection of the stages humanity
has traversed.
At the beginning are thirty to sixty million hunters and gatherers called adavasi
who live in ancient ways in the jungles and mountains. They conjure spirits and
dance shamanic dances.
Next come swidden and hoe farmers who worship the Great Mother of fertility
which bloody animal sacrifices are given to the earth to create fertility. In
remote provinces there are still reports of child sacrifice where the body is
dismembered and bits buried in different fields to increase crops.
The dominant culture has evolved from Indo-European tribes of cattle herders
how conquered India five thousand years ago. These Aryans were patriarchal
warriors. They brought horses, horse sacrifice, worship of fire, sun and holy
cows and a language kin to the European tongues with them.
The wisdom of this tradition was eventually recorded in the Vedic scriptures .
Aryan domination lasted without major threat until the twelfth century. At that
point Muslim fanatics attempted to invade India. They were eventually absorbed
although their culture has been preserved in Muslim ghettos of India's cities.
Zarathustrian fire worshipers fled from Persia to India. Jews came to India when
the Romans' destroyed the temple at Jerusalem. The Portuguese brought
Christianity to Goa. The British dominated India for two hundred years and left
4
well trained officials, cricket, teatime, Hindu English. All the emigration and
invasion left a trace on India.
Each culture had some part in forming the current version of the Archetype. The
Shamanistic hunters provided the base in Shiva who trance dances, who has
horns and is the lord of the animals and the guardian of the soul. They called
him Pashupati.
The matriarchal planters made the Great Goddess his companion who
represented magical powers. She was called Shakti. They also connected him to
the fertility symbol, the phallus, serpents and bulls. The Aryans turned him into
a fire god, Agni and introduced soma (an intoxicating drink), into the worship.
They also connected him to the howling storm god, Rudra. Zarathustrian who
believed in one God who is God of Gods the people of India accepted, as Shiva.
Shiva is the Great God. All other gods are part of Shiva or masks of Shiva.
Gods that were once powerful are demoted to background roles. For example,
Agni becomes the wheel of fire in which Shiva dances the act of creation and
destruction.
Because the Hindus have no problem worshiping God in female form, Shiva can
be worshiped as a female, or as male and female at the same time.
Shaivites and Sadhus generally see Shiva in male form. They do however
recognized that he exists only through the grace of Shakti a female ground of
being.
Wandering Shiva Sadhus still perform rituals outdoors; however after the
invasion of Alexander the Great rectangular stone temples were built. The
interior contains a small stone shrine to Shiva with a phallic stone, lingam
signifying Shiva’s presence.
Above the sacred spot of the shrine a tower rises which is decorated with gods
symbolizing the centre of the universe. The assembly hall faces the shrine with
its roof supported with many stone columns.
The temple represents the sacred physical presence of the god. The doorway is
feet, the shrine his heart, and the tower is his head and neck.
The Syrian Christians led by the apostle Thomas settled in India. They gave
Shaivism a different turn. The bhakti school preached by Tamil saints depicted
Shiva the dancing god and the God of Love, similar to Christ.
God's love is found in the devotee's heart. The Llingayat sect believes that
gaining god within comes not through good works but out of Shiva's great gift
toward humanity. So Shiva is seen as a saviour who brings the human being to
safety without the human having to do anything.
5
Shiva drank the world's poison created by the other gods churning the primal
ocean. To these worshipers, Shiva is both a caring mother and a good shepherd.
Even Western psychotherapy and transpersonal psychology has influenced the
modern worship of Shiva by Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh's reinterpretation
Some Indian scholars have tried to interpret Shiva historically. They claim that
Shiva is a real person who lived five thousand years ago and invented tools,
speech, fire, music and human civilization.
He is also the father of human kind with his three wives. Gauri was the mother
of the white race; Durga was the mother of the yellow race; and Parvati was the
mother of the black race.
Some even go so far as to see the rounded cement core of an atomic energy plant
as a lingam and the terrifying energy of atoms as potential Shakti power.
Usually pictured as a naked god with matted hair and a trident in his hand, Shiva
is unattractive. He is danger; bestiality. Civilized man attempts to proclaim him
dead, but this Archetype is till capable of shaking us.
The flower children of the sixties who visited India brought Shiva, Kali, and
Krishna back with them. The practice of Yoga spread in the United States. Shiva
is Mahayogi, the lord of yoga.
The drug culture knows Shiva as Aushadhisvara, lord of herbs and drugs.
Rastafarians with dreds even looks like an African version of the Shiva sadhu.
The romantic natural man who can talk to animals and make passionate love to
his companion is again the archetype of Shiva as Pashupati. Tarzan is a literary
creation that fits this pattern.
Human beings are able to think about themselves. This thinking usually takes
one of two forms factual/scientific and fictional/mythic. An example of this is
the scientific field of archaeology’s discovery of a hearth that is dated five
hundred thousand years old.
Mankind had some control of fire or at least their fear of fire that long ago. Myth
deals with mankind's discovery of fire through light bearers like Prometheus and
Lucifer.
In India fire plays a part in most rites. Women baking bread will flick bits of
dough into the fire and call the gods names. The dead are burned so that their
earthly bodies are diffused into Brahmin or to rise as smoke to be absorbed by
water vapor and returned to earth as rain. Heroes are sometimes born of fire as
Shiva's son Kartrikeya was.
6
Scientists too are haunted by the image of light. The scientific theory of
evolution uses cosmic radiation and electrical lighting being discharged into the
see as the spark of life.
Nearly every culture has had a god of fire. For example, the Norse have the god
Loki, The Baltic people had Perkun ,and in India it was Agni and then Shiva.
There is a basic connection between stone, fire making and fertility.
The flint starts the fire and is the image of a phallus though which life fire is
passed. It becomes associated with thundering god of heavens who impregnates
the Mother Earth with lightening.
To primitive humans heat of fire, of sex by physical effort of dance, hunt, battle,
all came from same source, the cosmic spirit of fire. Ascetic practices make one
holy because it traps the heat unspent in sexual acts.
Because of their fiery holiness the fakir or shaman can walk on coals sit naked
in the cold, and spread heat into souls not as warm as their own. The word
"shaman" refers to an ascetic who tries ardently. Ashrams are a place to heat up
or where heated work is done.
Shiva is the lord of all ascetics, fakirs, and shamans. He contains the heat of the
universe in the lingam. At the end of time Shiva's heat will destroy creation just
as it generated creation and will regenerate it.
Ancient societies around the world set up boulders megaliths, styles, and
minhirs as a centre for religious activity. Freud interprets such stones as
phalluses. They are gateways to other worlds. In India these became temple
lingam and are washed with coconut juice or Ganges water.
The heat of the flame is dialectically opposite to water. It melts ice to water. Life
arises from such opposition. Water is the feminine counterpart of masculine fire.
It heals, cleans, and gives birth.
Many religions combine the imagery of fire and water. Christianity says that
those engulfed by the fire of the Holy Spirit will seek to be baptized in holy
water. A fever is the conflict of the two. Heat causes sweat which baths the
victim.
Creation of artificial fever in the sweat lodge in an old Shamanistic technique. It
purifies body and soul to enable communication with the gods. Shiva who
combines all opposites is Lord of the fever.
While Shiva's name is not mentioned until well after the Paleolithic age, his
presence is there. Shiva is all, but predominantly Lord of the Fire. Early myths
depict him at the beginning of creation as a pillar of fire from which the world
came.
7
In Benares a column of light, divine lightning is revered. The natives worship
Kashi nicknamed the shining one. Benares is also called the great funeral pyre,
and in the mystic geography of India Benares is the blazing third eye of Shiva.
Legend says that the fire used to kindle the cremation pyres has never been
restarted since it came from the first fire on earth. In the cremation process if the
skull does not explode in the fire one of the attendants must break it open with a
bamboo pole so the soul can leave the body as a miniature Shiva.
The departing soul dances like Shiva and the demons and goblins which
accompany it represent the sins of the corpse.
In the birth of the Saviour Karttikeya sired by Shiva and borne by the Goddess
combines the opposites fire and water.
The story says that Shiva and the Goddess made love for ten thousand years
while the spirits in heaven were oppressed by Tataka, a demon. Agni the fire
god was sent to remind Shiva and the Goddess that sex is not meant for pleasure
only and that they should create progeny.
As a turtledove Agni interrupted the lovemaking and caused Shiva to spill his
seed through the air and into the beak of the dove. The Goddess cursed the bird
and the spirits who had sent him. Agni tumbled back to the hall of Brahma.
The river goddess Ganga thought her water would be cold enough to cool down
the got seed so Agni gave her the seed. After ten thousand years she had
exhausted herself in trying to cool it off. Brahma told her to leave the brining
seed in the reeds by the river.
In ten thousand years a child will be born. She did and all the animals, human
beings and vegetation in the area looked like hammered gold. Eventually a baby
came and the six Pleaders who were playing on that shore found the baby.
Karttikeya grew six heads so he could nurse each of them simultaneously. So the
son of Shiva, the conqueror of demons was born. His mother was part The
Goddess Earth, part Agni or fire, part Ganga or water and part the Pleaders or air
and cosmic space.
Everyone has a primitive hunter and a shaman in their soul. In hunting tribes
animals are the primary concern. Furs, fangs claws become decoration fro the
human body. Children are named animal names, and frequently ancestry is
traced to a totem animal.
8
Which are celebrated annually in rites of increase. These rites include dancing,
drumming, fasting, self-inflict pain, the use of mind altering drugs. The goal was
for the individuals to contact the animal spirits that were their guardians.
When an anthropologist is introduced to Shiva he will probably identify him as a
super Shaman. After all in one of his incarnations he is depicted with a drum in
one hand and fire in another. The drum is a universal symbol for Shaman.
Shiva is Lord of the ecstatic dance. Incarnated as Rudra he transcends logic, he
is wild. As Ardharnari he is androgynous as were many shaman who considered
themselves the brides of some god.
Shamans allow no cutting of the hair because each hair is an antenna in
contacting the gods. So the matted hair of Shiva is shown as uncut.
Shiva is said to have 1008 names. Pashupati or Lord of Animals is one of the
most commonly used. In this form he is the guardian of the farmers animals and
keeper of souls.
Sharva another of his names is the hunter. In one legend Sharva appears to
Arujuna in as a savage of the jungle or even a were-tiger or a feral human being
living outside civilization.
Shiva's sceptre is the spear, a hunting weapon, but the tip has been multiplied by
three to make it a trident. Frequently the trident by itself acts as a symbol for
Shiva. He may have two, four, eight, ten or thirty-two hands.
He may carry the ax, the hand drum, the staff, the bow and arrow, a simple
spear, a sling and a divining rod. Other objects frequently shown in his hand
include a dear, a string of beads, a discus, a skull a lotus, or as sword.
He is comparable to Apollo in the ability to shoot fever and disease to his
enemies with his bow. He and his dogs are frequently linked to the constellation
Westerners call Orion and the star Sirius.
The noose is also part of a hunter's bag of tricks. It can also be a symbol of
universal law, which binds all to follow right. Odin carried a noose and
sacrifices were hung on trees to him. Shiva uses his noose to tie his followers
into the discipline of yoga.
In the form of Bhairava, Shiva rides a black dog. Dogs were probably the first
domesticated animals. As predators they became associated with war, violence,
battles. If Shiva takes the form of a dog and eats a corpse it is to free the soul.
9
Cerberus the Greek conveyor of souls to the underworld was pictured as dog
faced. Goethe used this archetype in his Faust when he has Satan appear as a
black poodle.
As God of the dead Shiva is surrounded by drunken, dancing people who take
animal form, vampires, ghosts, flesh eating ghosts, evil dwarfs, elves and
witches.
Techniques to induce ecstasy or trance are taught in torturous initiations. South
Asia has Shiva Mahayogi the patron of self-discipline as the enabler that helps
man step into another dimension of reality. Odin inspired asceticism. His legend
includes hanging upside down for nine days to get the Runes of wisdom.
Eight legged animals represent a bier carried by four mourners. Shiva sometimes
shows up as a Sphinx with eight legs. In another connection to death devotees of
Shiva attempt to envision themselves as skeletons.
This vision is connected to Shiva's mother, Punitaviti. She married and the
young couple enjoyed giving food to the poor disciples of Shiva. One day a
wondering monk gave two ripe mangos to the husband who gave them to
Punitaviti to store.
He left on business and a hungry beggar knocked on the door. Punitaviti gave
one of the mangos to him. Her husband returned ate the first mango, wanted the
second, so Punitaviti prayed for one and it dropped into her lap. Her husband
thought it was delicious.
When her husband asked her about whether the fruit was what had been given to
him that morning, Punitaviti confessed. Her husband requested more fruit and
more fruit for which she prayed repeatedly and each time received.
Suddenly the husband realizes what he has become, greedy and decides he is not
fit to be married to a holy woman, so he disappears. Eventually she discovers
him in another city remarried and with children, so she shakes the flesh off her
bones and goes looking for Shiva.
When she arrives at holy ground, afraid to touch it with her feet she inverts
herself and goes the mountain head first, as a child enters the birth canal.
Shamanistic initiations occur at night in graveyards where Shiva and his ghouls
love to dance. The initiate puts aside his regular clothing and dresses in
unstitched orange cloth representing the flames. He is dead to the world as the
corpses burning in the graveyards.
He smears himself with ashes from the corpses. The grounds of cremation
become a symbol of the illusion of existence, which the shaman is leaving
10
behind through asceticism. Tourists sometimes observe such initiations in
Benares.
They are not allowed to take pictures and are told to look at the bits and pieces
of the corpses or the vultures and jackals. The idea is that they learn the
ephemeral nature of human existence, especially their own and thus earn
magical powers or even freedom from illusion from Shiva.
Shiva’s ugliest embodiment is Bhairava has sixty-four manifestations which
have female consorts. The manifestations include " the skull carrier," "one with
black limbs," "destruction," "the howler," "the wild one," "the angry one, " "the
insane one," and" the black one."
"The howler" is like Odin in his frenzied state. In central and Northern Europe
November storms are associated with Odin just as in India, violent storms are
associates with Bhairava in his howler manifestation.
Shivatari or Shiva's night is celebrated in India in February is not very different
from fool festivals, carnivals and masked dances around the world. It is kin to
Mardi Gras.
In Indian cities, the gods and goddesses flourish in posters and handbills that
plaster the walls. In addition gods have become the main characters in the
biggest film industry in the world.
The names of the gods are also used to guarantee the quality of objects for sale.
India's most popular rock group is called Shiva. City walls also have signs and
symbols like the swastika decorating them. The swastika is a symbol of the sun,
an indication of good luck.
It connects with the discus of Vishnu. Its four arms represent the four worlds of
the gods, the humans, the animals and the demons. It is the wheel of the universe
where Shiva dances. The pranava or symbol of OM also appears frequently.
It drives evil spirits away and works off the results of Karma that still affect the
present. On the flags, money and walls of buildings the World Wheel appears
with eight spokes. Associated with Vishnu it has become the symbol of eternal
or divine law.
The Lingam Yoni is another symbol of importance. It is a smooth, highly
polished egg-shaped stone that stand in an oval flat receptacle. The stone is the
lingam; the receptacle is the Yoni.
The lingam contains all things that are were or will be. It is the gateway to both
life and death. The Hindu see the lingam as Shiva and as the bridge between
ephemeral and eternal.
11
The lingam is like the prehistoric minhirs, dolmens, and monoliths. Sometimes
they are seen as the navel of the universe. All cultures and religions seem to
have had or still have stones that are viewed as sacred:
The Shiva lingam comes from the same archetype. Out of a lingam, Shiva can
become a personal God for the worshippers and the form the manifestation takes
depends solely on the personality and spiritual development of the worshiper.
The lingam began as a phallic symbol celebrating procreation. The Yoni it rests
in represents the vulva of the Great Goddess. The union of the two reconciles all
dichotomies and disharmonies, just as Shiva embodies the primal oneness of the
divine and demonic.
Myth says that in the first age of the world the lingam was pure light; in the
second age it became pure gold, in the third age it was silver, and today they are
just stone.
While the lingam began as a representation of an erect male member, the Arabs
during the twelfth century persecuted what they saw as lewd, idolatrous art. At
that time the Brahmins defended the lingam as a symbol of a transcendent God
who has no image.
It has no concrete associations. When Christian missionaries appeared, followed
by the British Victorians, the Brahmins repeated the argument that the lingam is
no longer a phallic symbol but an object to concentrate the sprit during
meditations.
The Aryan Vedas do condemn the pre-Aryan worship of the phalli. Orthodox
Hindus today reject the implication that sexual organs are worshipped in the
lingam and Yoni.
The conflict between these two points of view has existed for a long time.
Opinions also vary about where the original fiery lingam appeared. Many say
Benares, but the Nepalese say it was the Katmandu Valley. Some say that
anyone who searches for this lingam will find it very close to home.
The Shaivites see a holy trinity of gods: Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva as three
parts of the super god Shiva. The Vishnu claim that Vishnu is the one God and
all others are partial aspects of him. Shiva and Vishnu are about equally
worshipped in India. Brahma has no temples and no offerings.
Icons or sacred images are part of Hinduism. Shiva has many icons but there are
three very popular ones. The first is of Samara an ascetic in deep peaceful
meditation. He is covered in ashes and sits in a snowy mountainous land.
12
The second is Maharaja who dances in the middle of a circle of flames. He beats
out the rhythm of life on a hand drum. The third shows Shiva and Parvati with
their children on the mountains in the spring.
Samara with his snow-white body is the embodiment of the peace achieved
through the dissolution of desire and passion. His athletic build speaks of the
potential for action. His messy hair is held in a topknot by a hissing cobra.
The Ganges spouts from the cobra. On the left side of his forehead shank wears
a delicate silver crescent representing the new born moon, min, measuring,
memory and time. Soma is the name of the moon as well as of the drink of the
gods.
Shank wears necklace of skulls that his devotees imitate by wearing a necklace
of acorn sized shriveled Rudra beads. Victors in spiritual battles against vices
wear undertakes beads to indicate the conquering of desire.
These seeds are classified by size, colour number of wrinkles. Most of the time
these beads have five wrinkles. A two faceted bead or Shiva-Shakti guarantees
the possessor that all his wishes will come true. A single meeting with a single
faceted bead guarantees that the soul is freed from all sins.
Trauma is another of Shiva's names. Tryambaka has a third eye in the middle of
his forehead. It must remain closed for the beam from it can annihilate
everything that comes within its range.
In Indo-European traditions the number three represents wholeness. Probably
imitating Hinduism, Christianity kept the symbolism in the Trinity. Lord Shiva's
three eyes are connected to all trinities: creation, preservation, destruction;
Brahman, Vishnu, Shiva; past, present, future; and on and on.
Shankara has three stripes of white ash smeared across his forehead. Shiva's
disciples wear these three stripes. The disciples of Vishnu wear a vertical V or U
with a red dot in its middle. The ashes must be from a holy fire or a funeral pyre.
In order to wear the ashes, the devotee must rise each day before dawn, bathe,
recite the Vedic Gayatri Mantra. Then he may apply the ashes using three
fingers of his right hand.
He must then drink some ash dissolved in water of the Ganges. If he fails to
perform any part of the ritual, he is considered impure and must purify himself.
Shankara has a blue neck, it is said. As a consequence of an encounter with the
churning ocean of milk. The sea is a symbol for meditation; the oceanic depths,
the unconscious mind.
13
For westerners much of this is interpreted as parables and archetypes. Hindu
peasants regard them as literally true. All experiences are real and natural and
illusory and supernatural. They make no separation.
Buddha, Siddhartha Gotama, was at one point a Shaivit ascetic like Shankara.
He sat at the base of the cosmic tree, the axis of the world, the bridge between
heaven, earth and the underworld.
While sitting he watched the chain of karma die out and so reached nirvana and
became the Enlightened one.
Shankara's trident represents the cosmic tree and he too has reached nirvana.
Like Shiva Buddha was itinerate dressed in the saffron robes of a begging monk.
He belonged to a group of sadhus devoted to Shiva led by Makkhali Gosala.
Both Buddha and Shiva have elongated ear lobes.
Buddha's indicate his noble caste; Shankara's indicate the yogic ability of
clairaudience. They are both connected to resting deer often used to indicate a
calm mind.
The stories of Shankara Shiva are much older than those of the historic Buddha
or Mahvir, founder of the Jains In Brahamanda Purana, Shiva appears in the first
age as a yogi, in the second age he is Krau, in the third age doomsday fire, and
in the present age he became Buddha.
In India historical facts rapidly become transformed into myth. Mahatma
Gandhi, India Gandhi, and Subhas Chandra Bose are becoming part of the Hind
pantheon.
While the Aryan invaders were patriarchal and substituted the male gods for the
earlier female gods, in India goddesses became important again in the Hindu
culture. Particularly in the Bengali Mother cult and the Shakti cult.
In those cults the Mother becomes the universe, Maya (the illusion of variety in
the creation) and kalla( the illusion of time coming and going) "Shakti" means
energy. Shiva is the consciousness of self; Shakti is being or essence.
Monism demands that there be only a single transcendent truth. So Shiva and
Shakti are not two entities, but one. He is the peaceful centre; she is the energy
radiating from that centre.
Saravasti is the White goddess who rides a swan. In India she is the inspiration
or energy of the artist, writer, healer. Lakshmi is the red goddess and the faithful
wife of Vishnu. She represents good luck.
14
The two goddesses jealous of each other often fight. Perhaps this is a metaphor
for the artists' poverty and the rich man's insensitivity to beauty. Devi or the
radiant one is the other half of Shiva.
No god can be without his Shakti or other half. Yet Parvarti is Shiva's wife.
Shaktis have good and bad sides and Durga is Shiva's dark Shakti. She is a royal
amazon. She is also the nemesis of all who attempt to avoid their dharma or
duty.
Probably Kali is the darkest of the Shakti's. She represents the night, fertility, the
abyss of life before and after life. She destroys all and is especially the enemy of
the ego who wishes to create a monument for itself.
She is sometimes described as a devoted mother her destroys the monster of
egoism. Calcutta is Kali's city. The peasants there saw Mother Theresa dressed
in white, the colour of death, as Kali because of her interest in the dyeing.
One of Kali's cults were the thugees from which English gained the word thugs.
When Kali sent good omens, the thugs would rob and kill tourists and pilgrims.
They always strangled their victims because in one battle Kali created two men
from her sweat to kill the monsters she was battling.
She admonished them to strangle the monsters because every drop of monster
blood that hit the ground created another monster. It wasn't until a British officer
discovered their cult that anyone attempted to end their killings.
He had hundreds of them hanged. One interesting point that the officer
discovered was that many of the thugees were originally Muslim. They saw Kali
as Fatima, Mohammad's daughter.
Dacoits were another group of armed peasants that operated as a cult of Kali.
They terrorized rural areas until the 1980's.
Other shaktis or goddesses include Annapurna the goddess of abundance usually
pictured with a bowl and spoon. Ganga is the purest of the river goddesses and
the Ganges is her river.
She is another wife of Shiva and the sister of Parvarti. Ganga means unlimited
flow and constant motion. She represents the flow of life or energy. She also
represents the flow of consciousness. At Kashi, Ganga's holy city, the Ganges
River is a place of meditation.
The river reflects the archetypes to the visionaries' third eyes. Because the
Ganges is shallow and filled with sandbars, steamships cannot travel on it. So it
remains a place for reflection. Once you have visited Kashi, it will always be
with you.
15
Shiva-Nataraja is the dancing Shiva. He is the elements of nature mixed. All of
nature is dance. It is the almost simultaneous loss and regaining of balance.
Shiva's liberated souls are berserks and dervishes.
The shaking of his drum was the first sound of creation. The drum represents the
constant process of creation, But the god also stands for preservation, and
destruction as well as grace.
The dance is the dance of creation and destruction of the universe. He dances in
a fiery ring that represents our hearts. He is The Self.
Shiva's family consists of Parvarti his wife and her son Karttikkeya, and Ganga
his second wife and Ganesha the second son. Actually The other gods afraid of
the combined power of Shiva and Parvarti, got Shiva to agree that they would
not have children.
Parvarti in her anger at this news cursed the wives of the heavenly beings so that
they could not have children either. As a result all children of gods are magically
created rather than being physically conceived and born.
Karattikeya is also known as Skanda., Gangeya, or Agnibhu. He represents the
heroism of the soul triumphing over egoism, illusion and anger.
He has six heads which represent the five senses and discrimination. Six rays
shoot from him representing wisdom, objectivity, wealth, strength, fame and
power.
Ganesha is the most popular of the Hindu gods. He is worshipped all over Asia.
He has an elephant head and is overly fond of sweets. The Hindu version of the
tortoise and the hare fable casts Skanda as the hare and Ganesha as the tortoise.
He is the guardian of the threshold, beginnings, scholars, and writers. He also
acts somewhat like the gods of mischief in other cultures in that he represents
obstacles and also as the remover of obstacles.
He is the alpha and omega of creation. His offerings are incense, red flowers and
sweets.
The mounts of the gods are often seen as the negative side of the deities'
personality. By taming and riding them the god overcomes his lower nature.
Ganesha's mouse represents the nervous intellect, Parvati's lion is cruelty,
Skanda's peacock is vanity, and Shiva's white bull is sexuality.
Shiva becomes Mahades the God of Gods. He is absolute being. All oppositions
come to rest in him. As Mahades he is not jealous of other gods. Shiva is pleased
by all forms of religion.
16
They simply reflect a stage of growth in the spirituality of the believer. Since
each individual is Shiva, whoever the individual is praying to is Shiva praying to
Shiva.
Zarathustria experienced a vision nearly three thousand years ago that has
affected Western religions ever since. While the Eastern religions see both good
and evil as part of the grand illusion, Zarthustra saw them as absolute opposites
who were antagonistic.
In the East Shiva can be both God and Devil. The westerner has a hard time
explaining evil in connection to God. God is totally good. In the East, whether
Shiva is seen as a God or the Devil is more a reflection on the believer than on
the God.
Zarathustria introduced the idea that the universe is divided into light/dark,
good/evil, and God/Satan. There is no compromise between the two sides. Each
individual must make a choice between the sides. God's (Ahura Mazda) creation
is perfect.
Angra Mainyu(Spirit of Evil)) threatens the creation by spreading lies and
illusion. Zarathustria condemned the worship of older gods, especially, Shiva.
They equated Shiva with Lucifer. Zarathustria also introduced the concepts of
hell and heaven, demon and angels.
Many of the views of Zarathustria were introduced in Judaism, Christianity and
Islam. Today, Jimmy Falwell, Billy Graham, Ossama Ben Laden are all
modeled on the prophet, Zarathustria. They struggle to purify the people and
refuse to compromise with Satan.
In the East there is a recognition that evil cannot exit without good. They are the
same coin, just different sides. As long as the good people struggle against evil,
evil will exist. It must exist, if good exists.
Bhagwhan Shrree Rajneesh came to America in the 198-'s and attempted to
teach a form of Shaivite tantra and humanistic psychology. A primitive energy is
pictured as the Kundalini-serpent that resides in the gut.
When awakened the serpent bends to rise and transform into a goddess. It unites
with consciousness and creates a state of bliss. Anyone who attempts to fight the
rise of the serpent(dark desires) will turn the energy against himself and must
fail.
Repressing forbidden desires results in creating a fatal obsession. Rajneesh
advised his followers to accept the dark desires or shadows that exist in the
believers' souls because they too were Shiva.
17
He was deported from the United States. Shiva exists in all and to understand
him one must go past the division of the universe into good and bad.
In the fifth Veda, Shiva revealed the "weavings" or tantras. Many ancient taboos
and traditional laws are violated there. Naturally this upsets many of the more
conservative Hindus.
Instead of repressing the dark desires, tantra attempts to make them sacred The
tantra masters believe this is the only approach appropriate for this age.
Classical Hinduism is monist. That is it states that there is really only one
ultimate reality despite the appearance of diversity in the material world. Maya
or a veil of illusion creates the diversity and hides the unity.
Part of that illusion is that each of us is a separate individual and therefore
competition evolves. The only escape from the illusion is to reject the world and
withdraw his five senses from the world.
Tantrism on the other hand celebrates the diversity and joyously affirms life. It
too is monist, but sees that the unity includes the Maya, the diversity. Maya is
lila Shiva's game, the spontaneous overflow of his energy.
One should accept it and enjoy it, but without the involvement of ego
attachment. When one accepts that there is no I and other, the soul loves and
accepts all as self (Shiva) Everything is divine, but there is no compulsion to
worship anything.
Sickness, war, poverty and death are not to be lamented but accepted as part of
the divine mother. To see the world as unjust or unfair. Does not fit the tantric
belief. To call the world bad is to call Shiva bad is to call one's very Self bad.
Tantrism teaches that all we see all we experience is Self. For example accepting
one's sexuality does not mean raping, indulging in pornography, or adultery.
Instead, sex is seen as holy as part of the divine.
The struggle against ego is the only battle an individual must undertake. The ego
sees everything in relation to itself. It projects itself onto things, distorting
reality and entangling the individual in loneliness and fear.
In order to battle the ego, the repression must end and the darkness of Self be
acknowledged. Then quiet meditation must be undertaken often with the
physical discipline of hatha yoga.
In meditation one gives oneself to recognition that all is one. Oppositions and
differences disappear. Sigmund Freud sensed this in his thoughts on the libido.
The libido cannot be suppressed it must be transformed.
18
The most heretical point that the tantrists make is that an enlightened soul can
remain fully involved in the world. He can act as he pleases without piling up
further karma that will have to be dissipated in yet another life.
He does not become attached because there is no one there to become attached.
He is God-realized; he never abandons his state of union with All with Shiva.
He will accept all as pure and without problem because they are part of the
whole, part of Shiva and that makes them holy.
Carried to extremes the tantric idea of accepting the libidinal urges and acting on
them to make them holy can result into a slide into crime, insanity, drug abuse
or spiritual vacuity.
There are three methods of approaching secret knowledge depending on the
three types of human beings. This Sattva are holy spiritual beings, the divya are
heroic action figures and the pashu whose lives are made up of boring routines.
The spiritual man can omit external ritual He already understands that the
forbidden wine, food, sex are symbolic of ecstasy, self-sacrifice, the illusion
created by the five senses.
To this person the magical gestures of ritual are natural expressions of doing the
appropriate thing at the time. Sexual intercourse is symbolic of the union of
disparate parts, thought and action, spirit and soul.
The holy person therefore does not need sexual ritual to convert sexuality, for
they are already open to the cosmos.
The hero has left fear behind but maintained virtue. Because he isn't wise, he
doesn't understand social conditioning or the cultural modeling of reality. In
order to understand he must experience concrete references.
He confronts the taboo aspects of existence and then accept them and integrate
them into the whole. To these people the taboos are the five M's of drinking
wine, eating fish, eating meat, taking on magic postures and engaging in sexual
intercourse.
The common man is still striving for survival and the satisfaction of his needs.
The experience of the taboos will confuse him or cause addiction. The tantric
ritual is modified.
Coconut milk stands for wine, white beans stand for meat, radishes stand for
fish, sprinkling roasted sees is the magical gestures and submission at the feet of
a statue of the Goddess is the equivalent of sexual intercourse.
19
This is as effective as the other methods because the archetypes, the gods
dwelling in his soul are responsive to these actions.
There are many books published in the west on tantric sexual postures. This is
the result of the confusion between the sexes in the west.
Shiva worship is practiced at sunrise, noon, and sunset. Monday Shiva is closest
to his followers. The Hindus observe the double month of waning and waxing
moon.
The night of the thirteenth and the day of the fourteenth day of the waxing moon
is most auspicious for Shiva devotions. Each day is dedicated to a particular
deity aspect.
The fourth day of waxing moon is Ganesha's. The eighth day is Durga's and so
on. Each day is a meditative stage toward the realization of Shiva.
The soul is God's garden. The flowers used to honour the lingam are a sign of
what is growing in the soul. They must be fresh, produced by the individual's
own hand. One mustn't smell their fragrance.
Every flower has a meaningful purpose and time to be offered. White blossoms
are offered to achieve peace, red give strength and energy, dark ones help raise
the dark desires. Each month has a prescribed plant.
May/June is lotus blossoms. The wood apple tree is often planted next to Shiva's
shrines. It has a threefold leaf, a symbol of the triune good, universe. An oath
sworn on the leaf is like one sworn on a bible.
In India psychedelic plan drugs are available for those who have renounced the
world and the elderly who are preparing their souls for death.
Hemp, bhang, ganja, and datura or Jimeson weed may be smoked, eaten in
sweets or drunk in milk or rose water.
Shiva the name of the Lord is a mantra. The meaning of Shiva is "One Who is
all Bliss and the giver of happiness to all." Lord Shiva is considered as one of
the Trinity of Hindu pantheon (Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva). He is the supreme
God in the Saiva religion (one among the six cults or religion or Shanmatha
established by Adi Sankaracharya) or Saiva Siddhanta tradition of Hinduism.
His name is referred as Rudra in Rig veda. ‘Although classically applied to the
20
Absolute Brahman, Shiva can also refer to God (Ishwara) in His aspect of
Dissolver and Liberator (often mistakenly thought of as "destroyer")’.
The icon Shiva Lina is considered as the abstract form of Lord Shiva. Another
icon Nataraja represent Him as Lord of Dance. The Moola Mantra of Lord
Shiva is Om Namashivaya. It is known as ‘Panchaksharam’ of five letter
mantra. It forms exactly the central part of Sri Rudram and Sri Rudram forms
the centre part of Yajur Veda.
Shiva Gayathri Mantra Hindi Lyrics. Chanting the mantra Om Tat Purushaya
Vidmahe helps to overcome all kind of problems and illuminate the mind.
Below is the Hindi lyrics of Lord Shiva Gayathri.
Meaning in English
Saguna Meditation
Saguna meditation is meditation on a form. An archer first aims at a gross, big
object. Then he takes up a medium object. Finally, he shoots at very small and
minute objects. Even so, one should take to Saguna meditation to start with, and
when the mind is trained and disciplined well, he can have Nirakara, Nirguna
meditation. Saguna meditation is meditation on a concrete object. Saguna
meditation is peculiarly pleasing the Bhakta, who loves to gaze on the peculiar
form of his Ishta. Saguna Upasana removes Vikshepa. For three or six months,
practise Trataka on Shiva’s picture.
21
Meditate on the mental picture of the Murti from half to two hours only in the
Trikuti (space between the eyebrows). See and feel that the Lord is present in
every object of the universe. When you meditate, mentally repeat the Mantra of
the Devata, ‘Om Namah Shivaya’; think of the attributes of the Deity such as
omnipresence, omnipotence and omniscience. Feel that Sattvic qualities from
the Ishtam flow towards you. Feel that you possess these Sattvic qualities. This
is Sattvic or Suddha Bhavana. You will have Darsana of your Ishtam in one or
two years, if you are sincere in your Sadhana. Follow this plan. This will help
concentration. Move the mind on the various parts of the Murti, the picture or
idol of Lord Shiva, and meditate. Sit upon your usual Asana. Repeat His name
and think of His attributes like bliss, radiance, love, etc., gazing at His picture
all the while. Then enthrone Him in the lotus of your heart or between your
eyebrows amidst a blazing light. Now mentally think of His lotus-feet, offering
your devout salutations. Take the mind to the elephant-skin worn round the
waist, then to the necklace of Rudraksha beads, adorning His chest, and the
beautiful blue hue of His throat (Nilakantha), serene countenance, radiating the
majestic aura of profound meditations, the indrawn half-closed meditative eyes,
the mysterious third eye in the centre of the forehead. Next take the mind up to
the matted locks, the cool crescent moon, and the sacred Ganga sprouting from
the Jata. Rotate your mind on the trident (Trisula) in one hand, and then, the
Damaru, in the other. Run your mind over the whole form till you complete all
the details. Then fix your mind either on the face or upon the starting point
(feet). Repeat the entire process again and again, as many times as you can. By
constant practice, you will ultimately be established in meditation and have
communion with Shiva.
Nirguna Meditation
This is meditation on Lord Shiva, in His all-pervasive, unmanifested aspect, as
the Supreme Para Brahman. In this form of meditation, you meditate on Lord
Shiva as the Supreme Brahman without form, attributeless, eternal, infinite.
Meditate on Him as the Suddha, Satchidananda, Vyapaka Atman; Nitya,
Suddha, Siddha, Buddha, Mukta, eternally free Brahman; an unlimited Ocean
of Pure Consciousness. Now, identify yourself with this transcendental Svarupa
of Shiva. Feel that you are Chaitanya, Akhanda, Paripurna, Ekarasa, Santa,
Unchanging Existence.
Every atom, every molecule, every nerve, vein, artery, should powerfully
vibrate with these ideas. Lip-repetition of ‘Sivoham’ will not produce much
benefit. It should be through heart, head and soul. This feeling should be kept
up continuously. Negate the body-idea while repeating Sivoham mentally.
22
When you chant Sivoham feel:
Infinity I am
All light I am
All joy I am
All glory I am
All power I am
All knowledge I
All Ananda I am Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Sivoham Sivoham
Meditate on the above ideas constantly. Constant effort with zeal and
enthusiasm, is an indispensable requisite. Repeat mentally the above ideas
incessantly. You will come to self-realisation.
23
Lord Shiva and Snakes
Lord Shiva and Snakes share a curious connection with each other. In almost all
depiction of Lord Shiva and his accompaniments, there is always a serpent seen
wound around his neck. Along with his Trishul and Dumru, the serpent is a
constant companion of Lord Shiva. This serpent is supposed to be the King of
Serpents- Vasuki. So is the serpent only a symbol of the Lord having consumed
the Halahal poison to save the world? Or is there more to it than that?
As we know that religions evolve over time and are built around the realities
experienced by the communities it serve. In other words, sociologically
speaking, religions are a direct product produced by a community for their own
consumption, constitutive and representative of the collective subconscious.
Lord Shiva and Serpents come together in one iconography signifying the
syncretism of Shaivism and local folk deities. The Puranic stories have
integrated the races of Gods, Danavs, Manavs, Gandharvas and Nagas. Different
stories exist that talk of the ways in which each of these communities came to
be. In the case of the Nagas, one of the stories say that they are said to be
descendants of Rishi Kashayapa and Kadru. The folk culture of worshipping the
serpents were slowly but steadily, absorbed by the Brahmanical mainstream.
The Padma Puran traces the connection between the folk and the mainstream by
a story of Shiva and the Serpents. It is said that once Shiva was out on one of his
ascetic tours outside Kailash and found himself in a forest of Lotuses. In that
forest he was overtaken by a sudden lust and his semen found their way onto
some of the forest. A Serpent Queen was in the spot and she fell pregnant with a
child. The Queen was the mother of the Serpent King Vasuki. When the child
was born to the Queen Mother, the child was adopted by Vasuki as his own
sister. She was named Manasha and came to share dominion over the snake
races with her brother. It was however Manasha’s ardent desire to worshipped as
a Goddess. Given her semi-divine origins however, she found it difficult to find
followers and worshippers. One day when Lord Shiva consumed the deadly
poison Halahal to save the world from its wrath, Manasha attended on him and
healed him back to health. This deed got her recognition and the title of being
Vishahara (remover of poisons). Shiva found himself attracted to his saviour
but Manasha managed to assert the fact that she was in fact Lord Shiva’s
daughter.
Upon learning this, Lord Shiva took Manasha to Kailash. His wife Partvati
assumed Manasha was a consort of Lord Shiva and decided to be highly cruel to
her. During one of their spats, it is said Parvati had taken her fierce Chandi form
and blinded one of Manasha’s eyes. Furious, Manasha aimed her toxic gaze
upon Chandi and rendered her unconscious. Lord Shiva was deeply pained by
this constant strife in Kailash and decided one day to take Manasha back to the
24
forest. He left her under a tree and was grief-stricken at having to act thus. He
used his tears to create a companion for Manasha who was named “Neto” or
“Neta”.
With Neto by her side Manasha embarked upon her journey to get worshippers.
To her followers she was known to be extremely kind but those that did not
accept her divinity, she was wrathful. In one specific example, there was a
merchant named “Chand Saudagar” who was a devout follower of Shiva and
Durga. He refused to follow or worship the cult of Manasha. The more he
resisted, the more adamant Manasa became to have him as a devotee. She sank
his trading ships at sea with tidal storms. He would have managed to escape it
due to the intervention of Durga, but on Shiva’s insistence she stood back and
Manasha got her way. Chand Saudagar was washed to shore however and found
a on old friend named Chandraketu, who tried to convince Saudagar to worship
Manasha to no avail.
Having lost all his fortune and despite being faced with such adversity, Saudagar
still refused to worship Manasha. At which point the Goddess solicited the help
of two Apsaras, who agreed to be born as children to Saudagar and his business
associate Saha. Saudagar’s little daughter was called Behula and Saha’s son was
known as Lakshminder. In due course of time the two fell in love and got
married even though Lakshminder was fated to die of snakebite on his wedding
night. Saudagar tried to make their bedchambers impervious to snakes but
Manasha managed to get one of her serpents to enter, that struck down
Lakshminder. Behula prayed desperately to Manasha even as the dead body
decomposed on the raft generally floated for all victims of snake bite, with the
hope of magical recovery. When the raft reached the village where Neta lived,
she took pity on Behula and took her to Manasha. The Goddess promised a new
life to Lakshminder if Behula could manage to get Saudagar to worship her.
Behula agreed and Lakshminder breathed again. Delirious with joy, Behula
narrated the whole episode to her father. Convinced of Manasha’s divinity
Saudagar finally agreed to worship Goddess Manasha.
Manasha’s struggle to attain divinity makes her appear as a ruthless Goddess,
with her mind bent only on self aggrandisement. One must remember however
that the position of worship granted to Manasha who was clearly a folk Goddess
into the Hindu pantheon, would not have been an easy one. The fact that the
Brahmin classes finally agreed on such a sensitive topic show us the influence
the folk culture has on mainstream culture. People of Bengal, who lived close to
the river Ganges and in the semi-tropical rain-forested area would regularly
come across snakes – a species that is vital to the sustenance of the ecosystem.
To get them to worship Lord Shiva, was a tough challenge but perhaps the
brilliance of the Machiavellian leaders of the time must be acknowledged in
their ability to share religious power. This is a classic example of how the
25
metropolitan centres of power managed to co-opt a regional power to establish
hegemonic control.
The end result may be one where Manasha emerges as a slightly maligned
Goddess but the acceptance of popular beliefs have led people to be tolerant and
eco-friendly, bringing more and more people within the fold of spiritually
harmonious existence. That is precisely where the connection between Lord
Shiva and Serpents gain credence and relevance even in a contemporary
globalised world, peopled by multicultural communities.
27
Technique of Doing Shiva Meditation
Select a Proper Place
Though it is highly recommended to select a place which is free from various
disturbances nevertheless if you live at a place where noise and disturbances
cannot be avoided then you can turn on some soothing music which can enhance
the strength of meditation. Turn off all the gadgets and keep yourself away from
your phone.
Stretch Your Body
Before starting to meditate, stretch your body so as to keep your body tension
free. Take time to stretch your back, hips, legs, neck and shoulder. It will make
you ready for meditation. Personally, I am using the Surya Namaskar Yoga
technique. As an old man of 78 of age, I have all my reasons to use a chair
which is tolerated.
Sit Comfortably and Breathe
It is not always required to sit in a crossed-leg position. Do so only if you are
comfortable with the position. You may also sit on a chair bracing your back by
the side of a wall if you feel comfortable. It is a myth that meditation can only
be done if you sit in a crossed-leg position.
Visualize the Image of Shiva and See him as the Winner
Visualise Lord Shiva as the divine power extending his never ending power to
your soul and body.
A method: Chant the Mantra “Om Namah Shivaya” while
meditating
While you meditate, keep chanting the Om Namah Shivaya mantra with its
definite understanding. When you chant any divine mantra you ought to
experience that divinity within yourself and it is spontaneous and effortless.
28
Lord Shiva in Deep Meditation
Lord Shiva is the Ultimate Reality. He is both Yogeshwara (Supreme deity of all
yoga paths) and Yogishwara, i.e. the Master and teacher of all Great yogis(yoga
practitioners/Masters). So, we all meditate on him. In Kundalini Yoga, we
merge with Lord Shiva by the help of his consort, Mother Kundalini (Shridevi
Parvati).
Generally, in any Lord Shiva’s picture, we see him in a sitting posture engrossed
in deep meditation. This is somewhat puzzling! Correct?
Whom does the Lord Shiva meditate upon?
It is both amusing and intriguing question indeed! Short answer: Lord Shiva
meditates upon himself. Now, let us delve into greater depths.
Lord Shiva is the full and complete Ultimate Reality himself. There is no need
to meditate on anybody else! In other words, he is always happy and contented
being himself. So, he doesn’t have to do anything to seek happiness anywhere
outside.
Everything resides within him. So, there is no object of meditation. He is the one
and only subject. There is no external object. Here is another interesting
question:
“Lord Shiva meditates on himself”. But, why?
The supreme bliss (ananda) is the essential nature of Lord Shiva, who is also the
Universal Self. It is the Lord’s nature to dwell in his own bliss. According to
Scriptures Shaiva agamas, Lord Shiva is static and his dynamic power is Devi
Parvathi. So, he sits and meditates. He carries out various activities through his
power, i.e. Devi Parvati.
29
What mantra (sacred phrase) Lord Shiva could be chanting?
Simple! Lord Shiva may contemplate on Shivoham (I am Shiva) or Soham (He
is I) mantra.
How? It is common sense! Just ponder for a moment. Since he is Shiva, he can
as well say “I am Shiva”! Moreover, because he is the Universal Self ( that
force which is beyond and above everything), he may even chant “He is I”. This
means “I am He, who controls everything viz. the Ultimate Reality”.
Sounds interesting, right? But, think about it a bit deeply. If you dig deeper, it
becomes very clear that Shiva does not chant anything! Simply because he
dwells in pure bliss, where there is no chanting, no mantra or no other second
thing. He resides in pure non-dual himself. He is the only One. There is no other
one!
What about his consort Parvati? It should be two (Shiva and
Parvati), correct?
In reality, however, there is only one Shiva. How? Since, Shiva is always one
with Parvati, Shridevi Parvati is nothing but Shiva. Thus, it proves that Shiva is
only One.
What are the esoteric teachings of Lord Shiva’s meditation?
He is the Supreme Yoga Master(Guru) . So, he is called yogishwara, the Master
of all yogis(yoga practitioners). He is the goal and the Lord of yoga
(yogeshwara). He is always in asamprajnata samadhi (subjective meditation)
abiding within himself. In this state, there is – “I am the only One” feeling
which is beyond all dualities(“two/the other” feeling). There is no thinking such
as as: “I am different”, “I and other one” etc.
So, by his meditative pose, Lord Shiva conveys the great advaitha (non-duality)
philosophy, i.e. myself is not different from the Universal Self. Another
teaching by Shiva’s meditation is that we have to meditate upon our own
Individual Self with the feeling Shivoham (i.e. “My real me, i.e. Individual Self
is Shiva”) to become Shiva!
What a profound message of Lord Shiva’s meditation!
30
More about Shiva Yoga of Meditation
Shiva-yoga is a technique of opening the third eye. The third eye is an enigmatic
organ having a universal mythological history. It is the middle eye of Shiva; it is
the eye of Horas of Egyptian tradition, it is the horn of the unicorn. The third eye
is an organ apparently dormant but innately acquired by mankind whose
awakening is the birth right of every individual. It is an organ of inner vision
which embraces eternity, while the two physical eyes look before seeing neither
the past nor the future.
In Yoga-Shastra the pineal gland is spoken of as the third eye, the function of
which takes place through the middle of the forehead. This third eye or the
pineal gland is atrophied in man; the whole process of Shiva-yoga is directed to
the awakening of this dormant pineal gland. It is a rudimentary organ in most
people but it is evolving though slowly. It is possible to quicken its evolution
into a condition in which it can perform its function of apprehending events
comprehensively to give personal access to wisdom. (The word
"Shāstra" derives from the Sanskrit root √śās, which means "scientific
knowledge, book, treatise, teachings, instruction, direction, advice, any
instrument of teaching, or compendium of rules.")
Yoga is one of the most important Shastras. The word yoga means union. Yoga
is the Sastra of uniting individual consciousness with cosmic consciousness. It
combines metaphysical world view and Consciousness Studies with methods to
achieve this.
31
Yoga is a broad term, and is used differently in different contexts. This brings a
bit of confusion about what yoga actually is. In general yoga is union; however
it is used to refer to any exalted state. Bhakti, jnana and karma, the three-fold
pursuit of salvation are also referred to as yoga’s. However they remain paths or
rather approaches, and do not come under yoga Sastra. Technically the word
“yoga” refers to yoga Sastra. The different methods of yoga are methods rather
than approaches.
The methods of Yoga Sastra are based on Yoga Darsana of Patanjali, according
to which binding (bandha) of individual soul (jiva) is because of mistaking
intellect (buddhi) for self (atma). However self is beyond all upadhis – body
(sareera), senses (indryia), mind (manas), intellect (buddhi), memory (citta) and
ego (ahankara). And it cannot be reached through any of these. Only in
unalloyed self-conscious state can the being be united with the cosmic Being.
The only way is to dissolve the physical and mental consciousness in
consciousness of self. Yoga Sastra specifies methods for attaining this.
Yoga defines Samadhi, the state where the seeker, sought and the process of
seeking merge into one single continuum and no separation remains between
them. When applied to worship, this translates as “the state where there is no
difference between the devotee, God and worship”. If this is to be expressed in
non-theological terminology, it translates as “the state in which mind dissolves
in self-consciousness, the being experiences himself as the unalloyed self, and
clearly distinguishes self from other faculties of consciousness”.
While the objective of yoga remains the same, different upadhis and methods
are used to achieve the objective. Based on this diversity, yoga comes to be
known in three forms. The goal of all these remains the same. The three major
forms of Yoga are: Laya yoga, Mantra yoga and Kundalini yoga. They are not
exclusive, but overlapping methods.
Meditation aims at the reintegration of the self. It is a kind of in-gathering and
collecting. It induces the stillness of all mental activities which leads the aspirant
to the silence which is the source and condition of all activities. The inspiration
comes from within the soul but from above conceptual reason. In meditation the
mind may be fixed on the inner light or on the heart of the illumined soul or on
any divine from or name that appeals to one as good. Meditation is not a swoon
but an act of close attention. There we visualize the supreme with all our total
being. Meditation involves a process of abstraction by which we get behind the
physical, vital and mental layers and reach the inner self. “To attain the Good,
we must ascend the highest state and fixing our gaze thereon, lay aside the
garments we donned when descending here below”. Thereby we sink into the
measureless Being that is without limitation or determination.
32
In meditation an attempt is made to trace the origin of thought. Thought is the
subtle form of word or speech. When we speak, words are audible to the ear; if
we do not speak the words become inaudible to the organ of hearing. Thus
thought is a subtle form of sound, and sound has four stages, namely, Vaikhari;
Madhyama, Pashyanti and Para. Vaikhari or the spoken word is audible while
the remaining three are inaudible. The process of thinking starts from the
deepest level of consciousness, that is, from Para and becomes grosser as it
develops. Eventually it becomes gross enough to be sensed on the surface level
of consciousness. A thought starts from the depths of mind as a bubble starts
from the bottom of the lake. Any thought on the surface level is consciously
appreciated. If there were a way to consciously appreciate all the stages of
thought prior to the reaching the surface level, that would be the way to
transcend thought and experience. That way is the way of meditation. The
transcendent being or God really transcends all the name, form and function. An
attempt to describe the real form of God will prove futile. It is impossible for
anyone to assert that God is exactly like this and unlike any other thing. The
highest flight of imagination of the greatest philosophers fails to catch even the
fringe of Reality. Yet whatever be the form through which the aspirant invokes
the Supreme, will be accepted by Him and in turn He will bestow upon the
aspirant, the knowledge of His own real form and nature. There are many forms
of meditation and the aspirant has to make his own choice from among them
according to his own taste, condition and convenience. But he should constantly
bear in mind that God who is the ultimate truth, is one and the same. And it is
that one and the same Reality who allows himself to be realized through a
variety of names and forms.
It is necessary for the practicing to know the conditions of place, time and
posture in which meditation should be performed. The place may be his own
home but it should be clean and pure, with sweet and fragrant flowers or
agarbatti and with pictures of saints and sages drawn in beautiful features and
colours. The suitable time for meditation is the early morning, for the mind
remains calm at that time. But it is not advisable to meditate just after a full meal
or after heavy exertion. Meditation before taking food is always easy and
effective. The seat should be neither too high nor too low and should consist of a
blanket or a wooden plank with a white clean cloth over it. The sadhaka or the
practicant in padmasana should sit on it with his face turned either towards the
East or towards the North. Lotus pose gives the mind an easy stimulus to
concentrate. In the initial stage the period of meditation should not exceed the
limit of fifteen minutes and it should be gradually lengthened till it reaches the
duration of three hours. Sometimes and for some sadhakas an hour’s meditation
is sufficient. During meditation the trunk, neck and head of the body should be
kept straight and the spine unbending and erect. When the sadhaka sits for
meditation his mind does not all at once fall silent. So long as the mind is not
33
wholly absorbed in the object of meditation and the physical or phenomenal
consciousness is awake and thoughts of worldly objects come and cross and
crowd the mind, the sadhaka should devote himself to the repetition of Om.
Before he begins to practice meditation in right earnest, he should perform
Dirgha Pranvanu-sadhana, that is, he should do the deep and loud chanting of
Om for five minutes. This generates favourable vibrations which set the mind at
rest giving it a fillip to ingather. Then he should begin to meditate on his chosen
ideal and at the time of meditation, the eyes should be closed.
Now a few forms of meditation will be dealt with in a general way – The heart
is the seat of the psychic being which is in the form of light known as Tejas.
Imagine a steady, clear and effulgent speck of light in the centre of the heart and
meditate upon it. The sadhaka cannot visualize all at once the speck of steady
light, when he begins to meditate on the heart centre with his eyes closed; the
immediate result is darkness, a restless darkness – it is a painful night. If,
however, he refuses to be drawn out, the turmoil settles down, the darkness
begins to thin and wear away. Then comes the stage of restful darkness but it is
still darkness. The outer lights are gone and the inner light is not yet visible. But
the true seeker goes through and comes out triumphant, for darkness in the end
disappears and the seeker steps out of the night, enters into the deeper layer of
the heart and stands face to face to the inner light – the very image of the self.
Oh! ye the seeker gather all the strings of dispersed consciousness, roll them up
and rush into the heart and there in its deep quietude you will find the joyful jet
of light.
Meditation on Om (AUM) in the centre of the eye-brows should be practiced.
Om is called the seed from which the tree of Veda or knowledge has sprung up.
This only means that intuitive knowledge wells out from within by the constant
repetition of Om with an attention on its meaning. The seeker should chant the
Om in all his sincerity. While the lips and throat repeat it physically, the mind
should reflect upon it intently and the heart should feel it profoundly. Thus the
three fold intonation of Om removes the veil of darkness and reveals the glory of
self. The Upanishad is eloquent on the greatness and efficacy of OM. Om is
described not merely as the means of meditation but the goal to be reached by
the meditation itself. It is the supreme, the supreme support. Thus Om stands for
both the means and the end of spiritual life. “The mystic symbol Om is the bow;
the arrow is the soul; Brahman is the mark to be pierced. We should penetrate it
with one-pointed attention, so that the arrow may become one with the mark.”
See how the unitary state of consciousness is achieved by the meditation of
AUM (Om). It is a strange but happy thing to know that the sun himself, we are
told, travels the universe, singing the symbol AUM (Om). Finally, the moral
efficacy of meditation on Om is brought into bold relief in this saying : Just as a
snake is relieved of its slough similarly is the man who meditates on Om
34
relieved of his sins, and by power of his chants is lifted to the highest world
where he beholds the person who informs the body, and who stands supreme
above any living complex whatsoever.”
Meditation on the space in the crown centre leads one to the realization of an
impersonal and universal divine. The seeker should reflect that space within the
pot and the space in the room are not different. Similarly, the space within the
room and the space outside the room are not different. It is in eternal space that
all the rooms have been constructed and it is in one such room that the pot has
been placed. It is the same space which permeates all those places and the
smallness and largeness of space observed in the pot and in the room are nothing
but an appearance. If the space in the pot transcends its limitations and
establishes its identity with the outside space which is, in fact, its eternal form,
then it will be realized that everything is an imposition on the space which is all
pervading. Moreover, it will be discovered that the material and instrumental
causes underlying the construction of both the room and the pot are apparent and
not real. Following this train of reflection, the seeker should eliminate the I or
the ego-sense and identify it with the larger I or the universal self which
conditions the world of appearance.
Meditation on breathing also constitutes an exercise. Normally, breathing goes
on automatically and unconsciously through the action of the sympathetic
nervous system. The seeker should become conscious of the course of breathing
and focus his attention on the inhalations and exhalations without any conscious
effort at Kumbhaka or retention of breath, and develop the habit of counting
them gradually up to thousand. He may otherwise adopt the method of counting
the inhalations and exhalations for exactly one hour. The exercise of counting
the number of breathing is a psychological device for turning the mind inward.
When the mind thus becomes introvert to a certain extent, the seeker then should
take up the breathing process with colour consciousness. While inhaling the
breath imagine that five coloured rays of light are entering the body from
outside, while exhaling imagine that rays of a similar kind are going out from
the body and spreading themselves in the outer space. The five colours are red,
violet, green, blue and yellow. These five cosmic colours have their points of
contact with the five sense organs of man. Meditation on the breathing process
makes the sense organs accurate and sensitive.
Crystal gazing is also one of the methods of meditation. There is nothing at all
magical in gazing crystals; they are merely instruments. Just as a microscope or
telescope can bring invisible objects view by using natural laws, so can a gazing
crystal. It merely serves as a means for the invisible or the third eye, the opening
of which enables one to penetrate any person’s subconscious mind, and retain
the memory of facts gleaned. There is a variety of crystal-gazing. Some persons
work with a rock crystal, others prefer a ball of glass, yet others use a bowl of
35
water or a pure black disc. No matter what they use, the principles involved are
the same. Istalinga is also a sort of crystal. It is made of light grey stone and is
coated all over with a fine durable paste made of certain ingredients. Istalinga is
supposed to be a representation of God and is worshipped daily once or twice.
Linga is placed on the palm of the left hand so raised as to come in a line with
the centre of the eye-brows. Behind the back just above the shoulder an oil-fed
lamp should be placed in the nitch, so that the light of the lamp is reflected in the
coating of the Linga. With half closed eyes the devotee should fix his attention
upon that Linga, the coating of which is blue-black or indigo serving to widen
and deepen concentration. The concentrate gaze generates psychic heat which
stirs into activity the dormant pineal gland. The flowering out of the pineal gland
which is supposed to be the relic of the third eye, confers upon the seeker the
clairvoyance.
Meditation on the attributes of God or on qualities like love, forgiveness and
non-violence is also practiced. By meditation on these the mind gets suffused by
moral and spiritual fervour. God exists because man exists. There is no God but
man; man knows God in proportion as he knows himself. Man is neither a
bundle of nerves and muscles nor a stream of sensations and impressions, but he
is a concrete person, a real individual who is evidenced by the presence of I. All
experience, whether cognitive, conative or affective, is an experience to the I
which is implicit in all awareness. The implicit I in all awareness is not
something inferred by reasoning but something immediately lived and known by
experience. What is immediately known is apprehended as unique, as a formal
and a material distinction – a distinction of Ahamta and Parahamta; a distinction
of soul and oversoul. This oversoul goes by the name of God. If man is a
concrete individual, then God is the most unique individual. The relation
between the individual and the universal, between man and God is to be
established not without but within one’s own consciousness. In establishing this
relationship prayer and meditation help us to a great extent. Because God is the
unique individual, he is therefore the repository of innumerable attributes such
as Love, Knowledge, Power, Bliss, Beauty, Unity etc. It is not given for the
human intellect to comprehend them all at once stretch. Hence it abstracts some
of them and by this mode of abstraction it becomes able to concentrate upon one
or other of the attributes. Since the whole of God cannot be grasped by the
human mind, it is therefore no weakness, if meditation is directed to some
definite or well-defined attributes of God. Meditation is to fix the mind on a
definite attribute of the Divine, lest the vagrant mind goes uninhabited and
hence un-energized for securing a desired object.
Seek not the self in the man-made temples, churches or mosques, but see it in
the grandeur of the universe, in the solitude of thy heart, in the nature’s features
of exquisite beauty. See it in the blazing Sun, in the blue sky, in the murmuring
36
river, in the majestic mountain, in the blooming flower, in the burning fire. Tune
thy mind with nature’s rhythmic music to stimulate thy inner music of the soul
which is infinitely superior to the music of the spheres. The inner self is the
sweet musician who is ever weaving the discords, deftly into the great
masterpiece of the universe. Learn thou to hear the voice of the silence, the
soundless sound. The voice of silence is the voice of the inner self. Sitting alone
on a plane ground beneath the canopy of the azure sky, studded with the
twinkling stars and the lovely moon, enjoy the soft breeze that blows on the face
creating a happy lull in the mind that turns wild passion into mild peace. It is
only when the mind is silenced, the sense are controlled and the heart takes
delight in the nature’s joyous rides, that the voice of the self is heard. There is no
music grander than the music of silent communion with the inner self. Self is
the light that burns in the heart without wick and oil. It is a light that can never
be blown out by any gush of wind. To see this inner light requires a mind
disciplined by a life of self-abnegation and active altruism, cleansed and curbed
by daily prayer and meditation.
It is the pure heart and not proud head, the inner illumination and not the outer
intellect that can reveal this light. Yearn ye O seeker, to hear the music of the
self-resounding and reverberating through the corridor of eternity. The voice of
silence thrills and enthrals thee when thou are in deep communion with thy inner
self. The world is deafened by useless words – words of insipid advice, words
of false hopes and fond illusions, words of cheap propaganda and chary slogans.
Not garrulous speech but a grave silence is the need of the day. The 20th century
has made many contributions to the modern civilization. Of all these, the
contribution of the noise is the supreme. It ranges from the hearth to the heaven,
from the interior span to the interstellar space. I urge upon you to observe
silence at least one day a week. It is very helpful for self-introspection. Man
must needs to turn away from the world of noise into the inward stillness, into
the interior silence, to become aware of the Reality which transcends time and
space. The present condition of the world is diseased. The word of God cannot
be heard in the world today.
37
Teaching of Yoga Meditation Today
Yoga has much to offer to you. It teaches you how to breathe correctly, correct
breathing refreshes you both in body and mind. It teaches you how to relax
completely, complete relaxation restores your vitality. It teaches you how to
practise Asanas which, if properly done, protect you against cold, fever,
constipation, headache and other troubles. It teaches you what to eat and what
not to eat and judicious eating preserves your health. It teaches you how to
meditate and meticulous meditation keeps your mind calm, collected and well
balanced. Finally, it teaches you what to do in order to remain younger and live
longer, regardless of your calendar age. Man’s deep yearning for eternal youth
is as old as the race. Goethe immortalized it in his Faust who bartered away his
soul to Mephistopheles for the gift of undying youth. Goethe’s masterpiece
touches a sympathetic cord in all, for there is a Faust in every one of us. Years
of patient research and tons of gold bars have been spent by mankind throughout
the ages, in its attempt to find a way to perpetuate youth and prolong the span of
life. High priests and alchemists of ancient times as well as scientists and
surgeons in our days have all been and still are engaged in the pursuit of
discovering the mysterious fount of youth. So far the secret still eludes the grasp
and the best we have been able to do is to create an illusion of youth through
mechanical aids – false teeth, dyed hair, face-lift. But the real problem remains
unsolved. Only the Yoga science has been able to achieve definite results in
preserving the vigour and youth of the body.
Yoga is a system of physical, mental and spiritual training. It originated in India
thousands of years ago. It is not a cult nor a creed but it is a method of self-
realization which starts with the purification of the body and ends with the
unfoldment of the spirit. A Yogi is neither a priest nor an oracle but a man who
has attained spiritual illumination. He can be a Hindu, a Christian, a Buddhist, a
38
Hebrew, a Muslim or he may belong to no religion. In ancient India the early
Yogis were a group of mystics and scientists to whom the relationship between
the mortal man and the immortal spirit was of great interest. They set about to
find ways and means of uniting these two during the earthly life of man. They
spent not decades but centuries in making their experiments with different
methods of concentration, meditation and relaxation; with various breathing
processes, postures and foods. When they finally succeeded in their
experiments, they systematized the result of their findings and called it the
science of Yoga. The aim of Yoga is to achieve reintegration of the individual
consciousness with the cosmic consciousness. Yoga pays particular care and
attention to the purification of the body. It is often asked, why Yoga bestows so
much attention on the body, when its aim is the spiritual union with the Divine.
Yoga regards the body as a vehicle through which the spirit manifests itself. Just
as a violinist takes care of his violin without which he would not be able to
express his art, so a Yogi takes care of his body as the only instrument through
which he can express his spiritual powers. To keep the body fit and free of
disease, it needs a certain amount of fresh air, rest and exercise. Why does the
body need exercise? Because without exercise the body loses its elasticity and
youthfulness, grows stiff and heavy, accumulates fat and toxins and rapidly gets
old and worn out. Of course there are a number of exercises such as games,
sports, walking, riding, swimming, dancing etc.
Every form of exercise is good to a certain extent, but the ideal form of exercise
is the practice of Yoga Asanas. They tone up the activities of the brain, glands,
nerves, tissues and cells. They are both curative and recuperative in action. They
are designed to bring the body into a condition where the healing forces of
nature are able to do their work. The first step to gain the stability of the body
is to practise the Asanas. There are a number of Asanas and tradition speaks of
84 Asanas.
One need not master all of them, but at least 12 of them are to be mastered.They
are : 1) Shirshasan, 2) Sarwangasana, 3) Halasana, 4) Paschimothanasana, 5)
Matsyasana, 6) Yogamudrasana, 7) Simhasana, 8) Bhujangasana, 9)
Shalbhasana, 10) Dhanurasana, 11) Ardha-Matsyendrasana and 12) Shavasana.
Begin with Shirsasana and end with Shavasana. In Shavasana or corpse-pose,
the whole body is relaxed. The hard floor is better for relaxation than a soft
couch. The Yogis realized that no spiritual illumination could be attained by a
person whose mind is restless and whose muscles are tense and rigid. A
completely relaxed muscle discharge very little electricity. When the body is
relaxed and the mind is at rest there is almost no dissipation of life-energy or
Prana. From the observation of the behaviour of various animals, the Yogis
found that cat serves as the best example of relaxation. Watch a cat and see how
it stretches and yawns and how limp its body becomes when it rests. If you try to
39
lift it up, it will hang lifelessly from your hand like a wet bath-towel. When you
are tired and need a rest, try to imitate the cat and just lie relaxed on the carpet.
Some general instructions about the Asanas:
1. Yogasanas should be performed early in the morning in a well ventilated
room.
2. The bowels must be cleared before starting the Asanas. It is not desirable
to bathe immediately after the Asanas are performed; but a bath can be
taken just before starting the Asanas.
3. The Asanas must always be done bare footed on a carpet or rug spread out
on a hard and even surface. Clothing should be as light and loose as
possible.
4. The beginners should practise simple Asanas, through practice the rest can
be mastered.
5. For beginners 30 seconds should suffice for maintaining a particular
Asana. Gradually the duration should be increased.
6. Throughout the performance of the Asanas breathing should be normal.
We do not pay any serious attention to breathing, the most important of all our
bodily functions. It has never occurred to many of us that a great deal of our
physical and mental troubles are due to the fact that we do not breathe correctly.
Life and breath are synonymous. We live as long as we breathe. We start our life
with the first breath and end it with the last breath. We never stop breathing
whether we are awake or asleep. We can exist without food for weeks and
without water for few days but without air we cannot exist even for a few
minutes. Air is the most important nourishment for our blood. All the activities
of the body from digestion to creative thinking depend upon the oxygen supply
through breathing; yet we treat breathing with utter indifference. If there is a
deficiency in the supply of oxygen, the process of ionization will be incomplete
and the food is partially assimilated. Nearly 50 percent of delinquency in minors
is due to oxygen starvation which is the result of shallow breathing and lack of
fresh air. The habit of shallow breathing is one of many unnatural habits that
modern civilization has forced upon us. It has been proved that in the civilized
world only babies breathe in a natural way. In order to enjoy good health a
person needs approximately 60 deep breaths in a day. Shallow breathing is
directly or indirectly responsible for a number of physical and mental diseases
ranging from nervous disorders to common cold. To function properly the brain
requires three times more oxygen than the rest of the body. If it does not get its
due allotment, it extracts it from the body supply. That is why brainworkers
often possess a poor physic and bad health. Deep breathing not only nourishes
40
the whole system but also cleanses it. We pay a dear price for having forgotten
that we are an integral part of nature. In spite of all our inventions and
achievements in the field of mechanics, we are not mere machines. If we are
really anxious to keep physically fit and mentally alert, we should begin to re-
educate ourselves in the ways of living as taught by Yoga.
Prana is not mere breath but it is cosmic energy. It is a life-giving principle
which pervades the whole atmosphere. It is manifested in every form of
existence – organic and inorganic. By breathing exercises it is possible to raise
the degree of circulation of Prana in the body. The surplus of Prana is stored in
the solar plexus which is the battery of the human body. We breathe better
during night when we are asleep. The breath of a sleeping man is much deeper
and is often accompanied by a mild, hissing sound. We must remember that we
breathe through the pores of our skin, hence light cloths are to be worn at bed
time. The process of breathing is much more wide-spread than we generally
suppose. We are told that the creation of the world began when the Creator
breathed upon the waters. It has been proved that plants and metals also breathe.
Astronomers tell us that even the sun breathes regularly, each breath taking
eleven years and causing at its fullness the appearance of the sun’s spots upon
the surface.
Man must contain a definite amount of air to counteract the law of gravitation
which pulls him to the earth. At sea level the pressure is about 16 pounds per
square inch. This must be equalized by the intake of air. That is why the lungs
never empty all the air they contain. Their total capacity is said to be 250 cubic
inches but they only empty 150 so that there always remains 100 cubic inches of
air within them. To cleanse and refresh lungs, prolonged exhalation or Rechaka
is the most efficacious.
41
First Part
Starting you meditation
1. Prepare yourself and your space for meditation
Turn off your television and your cell phone, and eliminate other external
distractions. Use a space in which you feel comfortable and free from the need
to complete tasks and other stressors. Set aside designated time to meditate,
preferably between twenty minutes and a couple hours, depending on your
abilities and preferences.
Wear comfortable clothes that are suitable for your space’s
temperature. You’ll want to avoid being distracted by stiff clothing
or by being too hot or too cold.
Don’t allow birds chirping, cars driving by, and other unavoidable
external sounds to interrupt your meditation. Being aware of the
world and its interconnections can actually be beneficial to
meditation.
However, if you live in a location, such as by a subway stop or train
track, where noise is dominating your thoughts, you should
consider putting on music or a mantra recording, both of which are
available on YouTube and other services.
42
The goal of meditation is to focus and quiet your mind, eventually reaching a
higher level of awareness and inner calm. It may come as a surprise to learn that
you can meditate anywhere and at any time, allowing yourself to access a sense
of tranquillity and peace no matter what's going on around you. This article will
introduce you to the basics of meditation, enabling you to begin your journey on
the path of enlightenment and bliss.
2. Stretch your body.
To eliminate stiffness and tension in your body as you sit still to meditate, you
should stretch yourself out before beginning. Take a few minutes before
meditating to stretch your legs, hips, back, shoulders, and neck.
While sitting, hold your legs out straight in front of you and reach
for your toes to stretch your calves and hamstrings.
Bend your knees while seated and bring the soles of your feet
together to stretch your hips and quadriceps.
3. Sit in a comfortable position.
Typically, one sits in a seated, cross-legged position when they meditate. Do so
only if it’s comfortable for you to sit cross-legged for an extended period of
time, and hold your back upright, unbowed but not unnaturally straight.
However, consider sitting in a chair or with your back braced by a wall or other
object if you are unable to sit cross-legged without discomfort.
•Remember it's important to wear comfortable clothes that allow
you to sit still for a while.
•You will want to avoid distractions from tension or stiffness in
your body. Especially if you are just beginning to practice
meditation, it is most important to find a distraction-free,
comfortable body position.
•Sit on a yoga mat, a cushion, or on folded blankets or towels for
more comfort.
4. Establish your breathing.
Begin your meditation with controlled breathing techniques. Be conscious of
your breathing and use each breath you take to focus your intention. Breathe in
slowly as you count to four, hold for four, and exhale for four. Let your
awareness on your breath help you clear your mind and focus your
concentration.
As you inhale, consider light flowing through your essence, as life
rises through your vertebrae and fills you.
43
Imagine the energy-filled center at the point where your in-breath
fuses with your out-breath.
As you exhale and your breath is out completely, visualize a
universal pause in which your particular Self vanishes and focus on
your interconnectedness with everything around you.
Part Two
1. Visualizing Images of Shiva
Visualize Shiva as the Winner. Begin to concentrate on images of Shiva to guide
your meditation. Envision Shiva as the victorious Yogi. Hold your hands in fists
near your head. Shake them and think of a goal or intention. Say or think to
yourself, "I am a winner. I reach my goal. My goal is," and name your goal.
•A goal or intention could be to succeed at a particular task or difficulty,
like finding the motivation to complete a project, or improving a
relationship with a friend or family member.
•Your goal could be more general, like being more present at work or
when interacting with others, or being more honest and direct with
yourself.
2. See the strong Shiva.
Envision and become the strong Shiva with your next visualization. While
sitting cross-legged, rub your feet on the ground. Visualize yourself high on the
peaks of Mount Meru. Say or think to yourself, "I am sitting on the Mount
Meru. I maintain equanimity in pain. I'm going with perseverance my way."
44
•Mount Meru is a mythical, five-peaked sacred mountain in Hinduism,
Jainism, and Buddhism. It is also the name of a Himalayan mountain
located in northern India.
3. Envision the egoless Shiva and become egoless.
Make large circles with your hands around your body. Visualize the universe,
cosmos, stars, and their interconnectedness. Say or think, "I live in the great
system of the cosmos. I take things the way they are."
4. Meditate on Shiva the Hatha Yogi.
Visualize within yourself the Kundalini Serpent. Envision your latent or
primal power within your core. Twist your spine, move your toes and
imagine the Kundalini uncoiling from your lower spine to your head. Say
or think to yourself, "I am a Hatha Yogi. I save myself with my spiritual
exercises."
The Kundalini is your primal energy or latent power, thought of as
a coiled serpent to be awakened. It rises from the base of your spine
as it is awakened through meditation, chanting, yoga, and other
spiritual practices.
Envision and become Shiva the Good, who works for a happy world.
Extend your hand with an upward- and outward-facing palm. Focus on
your good intentions, and send all beings light. Say out loud or think, "I
send light” and say a specific name or intention, or say to all things. Say,
“May all beings be happy. May the world be happy."
Part Three
Chanting mantras
1. Understand the power of sound.
When chanting a mantra or uttering the name of a deity as a mantra, you are in
effect merging with that deity’s being. When you utter a divine name, you
experience the divine within yourself. You should treat any mantra with respect,
and speak it with full understanding of its meaning.
45
2. Meditate on Shiva the Master Yogi.
Hold your palms together at your chest in front of your heart chakra. Visualize
the sky above you. Say, "Om all enlightened Masters. Om inner wisdom. Please
guide and help on my way."
“Om” or "Aum" is the sacred sound associated with the vibration of
the cosmos. It is that which sustains everything that is.
In order to enunciate the "Ah" sound, first open your mouth wide
and imagine the universe's creative moment coursing through your
body from deep within you, as if the Om were speaking you, rather
than you speaking the sound.
Then, begin to purse the lips and stretch the sound into its latter
component, the "Mmm," which also has a slight "ng" aspect to its
pronunciation. Touch the roof of your mouth with your tongue as
you speak the final syllables to symbolize the closing of the process
of creation.
3. Chant the mantra, “Om Namah Shivaya.”
Concentrating on a picture or a statue of Shiva is helpful while chanting this
mantra. Move one hand outward and take the energy from Shiva. Say out loud
46
or think to yourself the mantra, “Om Namah Shivaya,” a Sanskrit mantra that
means “I bow to Shiva” or “I connect myself with Shiva.”
•Use a mantra recording to help guide your chanting, or play it prior to
meditating to assist you with proper pronunciation.
•Say and repeat “Shivo Ham,” or “I am Shiva,” and feel how the energy
of Shiva flows with the mantra through you.
4. Conclude your meditation.
Put your hands in your lap and move your toes around. Say out loud or think to
yourself the mantra, “Om Shanti. Om Peace,” repeating the mantra for at least a
minute. Utter it from your belly and feel its vibration emanating from within
you. Stop chanting and just sit for some time with your mind clear of thoughts.
Keeping your spine is straight and your belly relaxed, just sit without thinking
for some time.
Breathe slowly, but without awareness of your breaths, and relax.
As you allow thoughts to return, envision yourself as Shiva the
Dancer. Think positively as you complete your meditation,
envisioning light and blessings to continue with you.
47
Isha Kriya – A Powerful Guided Meditation
Rooted in the timeless wisdom of the yogic sciences, Isha Kriya is a simple yet
potent process created by yogi and mystic, Sadhguru. Isha Kriya is free, simple,
and easy to practice. Available as a guided meditation with an instructional
video and downloadable instructions, as well as through live classroom sessions,
it has the potential to transform the life of anyone who is willing to invest just
twelve minutes a day.
“Isha” refers to that which is the source of creation; “kriya” literally means
“internal action.” The purpose of Isha Kriya is to help an individual get in touch
with the source of his existence, to create life according to his own wish and
vision. Daily practice of Isha Kriya brings health, dynamism, peace and
wellbeing. It is a powerful tool to cope with the hectic pace of modern life.
Today, for most people, the word “yoga” usually conjures up images of twisting
the body into impossible postures. The physical aspect of yoga is only one facet
of this multi-dimensional science. Yoga is a technology to bring the body and
mind to the peak of their capabilities – allowing one to live life to the fullest.
It is the vision of Sadhguru to offer “one drop of spirituality” to every
individual. Through the Isha Kriya guided meditation, the possibilities of a
spiritual process, which were once available only to yogis and ascetics, are now
being offered to every human being in the comfort of their own home.
Meditation and the Mind
The mind does not like meditation because if you keep the body still, the mind
will also naturally become still. This is why so much stress has been laid in yoga
on hatha yoga and asanas. If you just learn how to keep your body absolutely
still, then your mind will also become still. I want you to just observe yourself
and see how many unnecessary movements your body makes when you stand,
sit or speak. If you look at your life, you will see that more than half the time is
taken up in these things that you yourself don’t care for.
If you keep the body still, the mind will slowly start collapsing and the mind
knows that it will become enslaved if it allows this. The main aspect of
meditation is, right now your mind is the boss and you are the slave. As you
meditate and become more meditative, you will become the boss and your mind
will become the slave and that is how it should always be. If you don’t know
how to keep the mind as a slave, it will put you through all kinds of endless
suffering. If you allow the mind to rule, it is a terrible master. But as a slave, the
mind is wonderful – it is a miraculous slave.
48
Transcending the Physical
"Meditation" or "Dhyana" means to go beyond the limitations of the physical
body and the mind. Only when you transcend the limited perspective of the body
and the mind do you have a complete dimension of life within you.
When you are identified as the body, your whole life is only about survival.
Your whole perspective of life will be simply survival. When you are identified
as the mind, your whole perspective is enslaved to the social perspective, to the
religious perspective, to the family perspective. You can't look beyond that.
Only when you become free from the modifications of your own mind will you
know the dimension of the beyond. Can you see that this body and this mind are
not yours? It is something that you have accumulated over a period of time.
Your body is just a heap of food you have eaten; your mind is just a heap of
impressions you have gathered from the outside.
What you have accumulated you handled well, it is your property. Like your
home and your bank balance, you have a body and a mind. You have a good
bank balance, a good body and a good mind. Good! This is needed to live a
good life. But it is not sufficient. It is not fulfilling yet. No human being will
ever be fulfilled by these things. They will only make his life comfortable and
conducive. Especially if you see Western society, everything that you are
dreaming of, every average citizen has. But do you think they are fulfilled, that
they are blissful? Definitely not! Nowhere near bliss. So Dhyana is to transcend
the limitations of body and mind, and you begin to experience yourself in a
much deeper dimension.
Your instruments, body and mind are okay to live in this world for survival. But
life will not be fulfilled with them. And if you don't know who you are, are you
capable of knowing what the world is? If you want to know the true quality of
who you are, only if you transcend the limitations of your body and mind can
there be a possibility for you to experience it. Yoga and Dhyana are scientific
tools, which help you to transcend the limitations of your body and mind and
experience the true quality of who you are.
Without experiencing this, just eating, sleeping, reproducing and dying, your life
will not be fulfilled with these. All those things are needed in your life. But our
life is not complete because of these, even if you have fulfilled all these fully.
This is because the quality of a human being has crossed a certain boundary of
awareness. It has to seek something more, otherwise it will never be satisfied. It
has to become unlimited. So Dhyana or meditation is a way of moving into the
unlimited dimension of who you are.
49
The Isha Kriya Meditation Technique
Preparation
Sit in a cross-legged posture with your eyes closed, facing East.
Keep your hands open, palms facing up, with a slightly upturned face.
Keep a mild focus between your eyebrows.
The Meditation
This meditation will happen in three stages:
Stage One
Inhale and exhale gently, slowly. With each inhalation, mentally say to
yourself: “I am not the body”and inhale for the whole duration of that thought.
With each exhalation, mentally say to yourself: “I am not even the mind” and
exhale for the whole duration of that thought.
Do this for 7 to 11 minutes.
Stage Two
Utter the sound “AAA” with mouth open. The sound should be coming from
just below the navel. You need not utter it very loud, but enough to feel the
vibration.
Utter the sound 7 times, exhaling fully into each sound.
Stage Three
Sit for 5 to 6 minutes with your head slightly upturned, and focus between your
eyebrows.
The total time is between 12 to 18 min.
You can sit longer if you want.
Important to note
While you sit for Isha Kriya, do not participate in the activity of the mind
or body. Whatever is happening in your body or your mind, just ignore it
and simply sit there.
Do not take a break during the practice or it will disturb the reorganization
of energies that will be in process.
50
Anyone can practice this kriya and enjoy its benefits. Simply follow the
instructions without making any changes. This is a simple but very potent
kriya.
You can remind yourself about this:
(I am not the body, I am not even the mind) anytime during the day.
Each time you do the kriya you must do it for a minimum of 12 minutes,
and twice a day for 48 days, (considered as a full mandala or cycle) or
once a day, for 90 days.
This is your commitment. This is your
Questions:
What can I possibly gain out of this?
Where is the need to meditate, first of all? Starting the process of life was not
your conscious choice, it “happened” to you. When you were born your body
was so small, and now it has grown. So obviously, the body is something that
you gathered. It is an accumulation. What you call as “my body” is an
accumulation of food. Similarly, what you call as “my mind” is an accumulation
of impressions.
Whatever you accumulate can be yours, but it can never be you. The very fact
you accumulated it means that you gathered it from somewhere else. Today you
could gather a 70 kg body, but you can decide to make it a 60 kg of body. You
don’t go looking for those 10kgs, because they were an accumulation. Once you
drop it, it is gone. Similarly, with your mind, it is an accumulation of
impressions.
The moment you are identified in your experience, the moment you are
identified with something that you are not, your perception goes completely
haywire. You cannot perceive life the way it is; your perception is hugely
distorted. So the moment you start experiencing this body, which you gathered
from outside, as “myself,” the moment you start experiencing the impressions
that you have in your mind as “myself,” you cannot perceive life the way it is.
You will only perceive life the way it is necessary for your survival, and not the
way it really is.
Yet once you have come as a human being, survival is very important, but it is
not enough. If you had come here like any other creature on this planet, stomach
full - life would be settled. But once you come here as a human being, life does
not end with survival. Actually, for a human being, life begins only after
survival is fulfilled.
51
So meditation gives you an experience, an inner state where what is you and
what is yours is separated. There is a little distance, there is a little space
between what is you and what you have accumulated. For now we can
understand this as meditation.
What is the use of doing this?
It brings an absolute clarity of perception. You see life just the way it is. No
distortions about it; simply seeing life just the way it is. Right now if we see this
very hall as a world, your ability to go through this world is only to the extent
that you clearly see it. If I have no clarity of vision but if I have confidence and
if I try to go through this, I’m going to be a bumbling idiot. Whenever there is
no perception, people try to overcome that by building confidence in them.
Without the clarity of perception people are trying to make it up with other kinds
of substitutes; there is no substitute for clarity.
Once you understand this you naturally become meditative; you want to clear up
everything and just look at life the way it is, because you want to walk through
life with least amount of friction, without stumbling on this or that.
Why should my head be slightly upturned?
Sitting with your head slightly upturned is not because you want to see
something floating in the sky or imagine something. You keep your head
upturned because when your system “looks” upward it becomes receptive. It is
like opening a window. This is about becoming receptive to Grace. When you
become willing and receptive, your body naturally arches up.
What does this meditation do?
This Kriya will create a certain space between you and your body, between you
and your mind. If at all there is any struggle in your life, it is because you
identify yourself with these limited aspects of yourself.
So the essence of meditation is that it creates a space, a distance between you
and what you refer to as your „mind‟. All the suffering you go through is
manufactured in your mind, isn’t it so? If you distance yourself from the mind,
can there be suffering in you? This is the end of suffering.
Now while you are meditating, there is a distance between you and your mind,
and you do feel peaceful. The problem is that the moment you open your eyes,
you are again stuck with your mind.
If you meditate every day, a day will come when you open your eyes, and you
can still experience that the mind is there and you are here. This is the end of
suffering. When you are no longer identified with your body and mind, you will
52
be in touch with the source of Creation within you. Once this happens, Grace
happens.
Whether you are here, or beyond, this is the end of suffering. That means your
whole karmic bag – your past or unconscious mind – has been kept aside. It
cannot have any influence over you. Once the past has no influence over you,
then life becomes a huge potential.
Every breath becomes such a tremendous possibility in your life, because the
past is not playing any role in your existence here now. If you sit here, you are
absolute life. Life becomes effortless.
What is the importance of the breath?
Is there more to breathing well than being healthy?
Breath is the thread which ties you to the body. If I take away your breath, your
body will fall apart. It is the breath that has tied you to the body. What you call
as your body and what you call as “me” have been tied together with breath.
And this breath decides many aspects of who you are right now.
For different levels of thought and emotion that you go through, your breath
takes on different types of patterns. If you are angry you will be breathing one
way. You are peaceful, you breathe another way. You are happy, you breathe
another way. You are sad, you will breathe another way. Have you noticed this?
Based on this conversely is the science of pranayama and Kriya: by consciously
breathing in a particular way, the very way you think, feel, understand and
experience life can be changed.
This breath can be used in so many ways as a tool to do other things with the
body and the mind. You will see with the Isha Kriya, we are using a simple
process of breath, but the Kriya itself is not in the breath. Breath is just a tool.
Breath is an induction, but what happens is not about the breath.
Whichever way you breathe, that is the way you think. Whichever way you
think, that is the way you breathe. Your whole life, your whole unconscious
mind is written into your breath. If you just read your breath, your past, present
and future is written there, in the way you breathe.
Once you realize this, life becomes very different. It needs to be known
experientially; it is not something you can propound like this. If you know the
bliss of simply sitting here, the blissfulness of just being able to simply sit here,
not think anything, not do anything, simply sit here, just being life, then life
would be very different.
53
In a way, what this means is today there is scientific proof that without taking a
drop of alcohol, without taking any substance you can simply sit here and get
drugged or stoned or drunk by yourself. If you are aware in a certain way, you
can activate the system in such a way that if you sit here it is an enormous
pleasure. Once simply sitting and breathing is such a great pleasure you will
become very genial, flexible, wonderful because all the time you are in a great
state within yourself. No hangover. Mind becomes sharper than ever before.
What effect does uttering the sound “AAA” have on me?
When you utter the sound “AAA,” the maintenance centre in your body gets
activated. This is Manipuraka chakra, or the navel centre. Manipuraka is just
three-fourths of an inch below your navel. When you were in your mother’s
womb, the “maintenance” pipe was connected there. Now the tube is gone, but
the maintenance centre is still in your navel.
Now as there is a physical body, there is a whole energy body that we generally
refer to as either prana or Shakti. This energy, or prana, flows through the body
in certain established patterns; it is not moving randomly. There are 72,000
different ways in which it moves. In other words, there are 72,000 pathways in
the system through which it is flowing. So nadis are pathways or channels in the
system. They don’t have a physical manifestation; if you cut the body and look
inside, you won›t find these nadis. But as you become more and more aware,
you will notice the energy is not moving at random, it is moving in established
pathways.
When you utter the sound “AAA,” you will see the reverberation will start about
three-fourths of an inch below the navel and spread right across the body. Sound
“AAA” is the only reverberation which spreads right across the body because
this is the only place where the 72,000 nadis meet and redistribute themselves.
They all meet at Manipuraka and redistribute themselves. This is the only point
in the body like that. If you utter the sound “AAA,” the reverberations of this
sound are carried right across the system.
This reverberation can assist greatly in energizing your maintenance centre.
Activating this centre will bring health, dynamism, prosperity and wellbeing.
54
Shaivite Yoga Traditions
Many great yoga traditions arise from Shiva and honour him as their original
guru. Most Himalayan sadhus are Shaivites. Shaivite Yoga includes the Nath
traditions that form the main teachings of Hatha Yoga and Siddha Yoga. In
Vedic times, Shiva was lauded as Rudra along with the Maruts, his wandering
sages, and with great Rishis like Vasishta. Shiva Yogis maintain a special sacred
fire in honour of this Vedic heritage.
Shaivite yoga in the Mahabharata is called Pashupata Yoga. The image of Shiva
as Pashupati or the lord of the animals, with a three-headed form, is the most
enduring image in Indian art, found as early as the Harappan era. Shiva
represents the eternal presence of yoga behind the dharmic culture of India.
55
Shiva's numerous shrines throughout India hold many yogic powers, from
Kailas and Manasarovar in the north to Rameshwaram in the south, including
the famous 12 Jyotir Lingas from Somnath to Kashi Vishwanath. A steady
stream of pilgrims attends these sanctuaries regularly today as they have for
thousands of years. The Kumbha Mela, the world's largest religious gathering,
provides a centre stage to his worship extending to tens of millions of devotees.
Why is the Lord Shiva the most mysterious among all Hindu
Deities
Part One
Of all the deities in the Hindu pantheon, by far the most complex and mysterious
to me is Śiva. Devotees and scholars alike have attempted to pierce the shrouds
of textual and archaeological history to understand his origin, nature and
evolution. Yet he continues to defy comprehension and definition. Some,
following John Marshall, have sought him in the phallic emblems, baetyls, seals
and sculptures of the Indus Valley Civilisation. Others like Doris Srinivasan
place his origins firmly in the early Vedic fold, and in the Vedic deity Rudra.
Still others like Phyllis Granoff point to the textual and iconographic chasm
between the Vedic Rudra and the classical Śiva, indicating a need for serious
contemplation and research to understand how, if indeed they are one and the
same deity, the transition and transformation came about.
Rudra’s nature from the early Vedic to the late Vedic period embodies
continuities and differences. We find that his benign aspect increasing gradually
while his destructive aspect declines, though remains. Rudra of the Ṛgveda is a
minor deity, a storm god with just three hymns dedicated to him: 1.114, 2.33 and
6.46. (He appears along with Soma in 1.43 and 6.74). His dual nature is already
evident. Prone to anger and quick to dispatch weapons especially arrows against
those who enrage him, he is also a deity with healing remedies and a provider of
good luck. He is the flame-red boar of heaven, youthful with braided hair,
powerful lips, merciful hands, tender-hearted and easy to invoke. Father of the
Maruts, dazzling like the bright sun, powerful like a wild beast, swift, with the
destructive power of lightning, storm and fire, he is lord of the sacrifice, of song
and the physician of physicians. One of the adjectives used for him is indeed
śiva (auspicious), but not exclusively. It is used for Agni and Indra and is also
the name of a people in the Ṛgveda (7.18.7) The classical iconography (candra,
Gaṅgā, liṅga) so familiar to us today is completely absent.
By the time of the composition of the Yajurveda saṃhitas, Rudra has grown
tremendously in stature. His importance and physical appearance in the minds of
56
the ṛṣis has changed. Now he is clad in skin, dwells in the mountains, is aged
and has a thousand eyes. Ambika is mentioned for the first time in the Vedic
corpus at this stage, not as his wife, but as his sister. In what J Bruce Long calls
the "embodiment of divine ambivalence", both the auspicious (śiva) as well as
malevolent (rudra) aspects are developed in the renowned Śatarudriya prayer
which occurs in the kṛṣṇa Yajurveda and with some modification in the śukla
Yajurveda. From being a minor atmospheric deity in the Ṛg saṃhita, he has
become Viśvarūpa and his presence can be felt in streams, ponds, banks, on the
road, on barren land, in the cow pen, in the heart the whirlpool, in the dust and
mist.
The Atharvaveda represents a further stage of elevation for the Vedic Rudra.
Book XV of this saṃhita identifies him with all of creation in a language which
is distinctly Vedic but addresses the deity as Eka-vrātya, vrātyas being not of the
ārya community. (Read the first few hymns, or the whole book in translation
here. He becomes Mahādeva and holds the bow of Indra, erstwhile chief of the
Vedic gods. The texts speak of seven attendants of this deity including Bhava,
Īśāna, Paśupati, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra and Mahādeva. They are apart, yet a part of
him – a theme which Phyllis Granoff takes up in her research on later
developments in the persona of Śiva. Rudra/Mahādeva/Eka-Vrātya is fond of
strong sura and shares a special relationship with a puṁścalī (a harlot, lit one
who goes after men) but also becomes one with all that the ārya hold pure.
Varuṇa, Soma and the seven ṛṣis follow him; hymns like rathantara and brihat
follow him, as do the ādityas, and viśvedevas. Mahadev Chakravarti posits the
theory that Vedic Rudra is not of ārya origin and that the Atharvaveda represents
his increased acceptance by the custodians of the ārya belief system.
57
has become the one god, the one who creates brahman and bestows the Veda
upon him/it. At ŚU 3.2 we encounter a familiar theme: “There is only one
Rudra; he has not tolerated a second who would reign over these worlds by his
sovereign powers. After drawing in all beings he stands as the protector at the
end of time, turning West towards men” Clearly by this period, a cult of Rudra
(widely accepted today as a precursor to Śaivism) has been established. Further
evidence is to be found in Patañjali’s Mahābhāṣya. Commenting on Pāṇini’s
sutra V.2.76, he talks of discreet followers of the deity - Śiva-bhāgavatas, who
were āyaḥśūlika (possessing iron spears/lances) and daṇḍājinaka (holders of a
staff and wearing animal skin). Patañjali is dated circa second century BCE,
while the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad is thought to have been composed between the
sixth and the fourth century BCE.
He remains connected to the Vedic ritual as can be seen in the śrauta and gṛhya
sutras. Over and above that it is recommended that he be adored in practically
all walks of life. Śāṅkhāyana gṛhyasutra prescribes Rudra worship to sick
people. The Pāraskara gṛhyasutra directs "adoration" when crossing a path,
approaching a cross road, swimming across a river, getting into a boat, entering
a forest or climbing a mountain, passing by a burial ground or a cow pen. For
Rudra clearly has come to inhabit the universe. The Hiraṇyakeśī gṛhyasutra
recommends the same if one chances upon a cattle dung heap, is plunged into a
river, is near a creeping snake, by a sacrificial site or a big old tree.
So far we have touched upon the trajectory of Rudra in the early and late Vedic
texts. As yet there is no consensus as to the origin of this deity. Was he pre-
ārya? Was he contemporary but external to the ārya? Was he a mountain or a
forest god? A malevolent force of nature? Or was he clearly as ārya as Agni,
Vāyu and Soma, as Doris Srinivasan would have us believe? Did he gain all his
epithets by absorbing the gods of smaller autochthonous cults? What were the
stories that led to his names in the Śatarudriya? We have traversed close to two
thousand years of textual history and as yet we haven’t even reached the part
where he becomes unequivocally Śiva or Śaṅkara. Hopefully we will get there
in Part II of this article, although I must warn you that a lot of questions remain
unanswered even today. I urge all to learn Sanskrit, read the Vedic corpus and
find your own answers!
Part Two
In part one of this article on Shiva we touched upon the presence and
development of Rudra as he appears in texts before the beginning of the
common era. In this article, I'd like to walk you through what might have been
the process by which Rudra became Shiva in the millennia that followed.
58
Scholars like Nilima Chitgopekar and Benjamin Fleming have written
extensively on this complex journey. Others like Stella Kramrisch have
presented an ahistorical portrayal which makes it difficult to analyse the process.
Indologists agree broadly that the by the 4th century CE the epics were in the
form as we know them today. In the epics Shiva, though respected, was not yet a
major deity. Many of the legends associated with his classic Puranic form are
not fully formed. For instance, having combed references in the Mahabharata,
Dr Lynn Thomas suggests that his "destroyer" aspect is yet to take exclusive
hold. References to destruction, death and the end of creation are diffused and
Yama continues to hold a larger share of the antaka (ender, destroyer) aspect.
Other stories associated with Shiva where they do appear are brief and not
anywhere as developed as in the Puranas. Phyllis Granoff points to the
destruction of the sacrifice of Daksa, the decapitation of Brahma and the
decimation of Tripura (three cities) as scant or absent in the epics.
Yet, Kalidasa who is supposed to have lived around the same time, had no
trouble at all penning the mahakavya "Kumarasambhava" in which Shiva
appears in full Puranic glory, even though explanatory myths are not elaborated
(see KS 5.65-81). Why this disconnect? Well, three basic elements underlie the
transformation of Rudra to Shiva, in which absolutely central is the role of
theologian-redactors who decided when and in what form a deity would be
placed in the brahminical texts. Other factors include the absorption of the belief
systems of autochthonous groups into the Vedic fold and the inclusion of
regional gods, each of whom added their features to the developing deity. This
led to the re-casting of references that appear in stem form in early Vedic texts.
Some new aspects that were added to Rudra came naturally to him. For instance
asceticism. Rudra/Sarva, the hunter, lived in the forest, rejected the Vedic
sacrifice and way of life. He is the god mentioned in the Kesi-sukta (RV 10.136)
which enunciates the earliest expression of heterodox, mendicant ways. The
transformation to the Mahayogi in the wake of the systemisation of yoga (circa
6th-4th cen BCE) is then easy to comprehend. But what about other features?
Here Nilima Chitgopekar's scholarship shows the way. She feels certain
characteristics were grafted deliberately onto Rudra in what is now known as the
Puranic Process. As the footprint of Aryavarta expanded, the Vedic religion
came directly into contact (hegemonically) with other cultures, which had their
own gods. These gods were not discarded or rejected, but integrated into the
brahminical pantheon with their features.
Chitgopekar suggests not only are all myths multi-layered but should be read as
representing social fusion and tension when two cultures meet. Take for instance
the incident in the Pine Forest (Daruvana). The distraught Shiva (in his
Bhiksatana form) is roaming naked and the wives of the sages are enamoured by
his "beauty". When the sages are angered, he rips his phallus and throws it on
the ground, causing chaos, and the linga has to be worshipped to restore peace
and order. (In other versions it falls off because of the curse of the sages). Given
the utter distaste of the Vedic establishment for worshippers of sisna (phallus)
60
this could well represent the tension of having to include phallic worship and the
eventual inclusion of the linga into brahminical worship.
I would not consider this preliminary exploration as even having scratched the
surface when it comes to understanding Shiva. In truth the divine is unknowable,
and to try and find his origins is a reckless task. For he is Aja (the unborn) and
Anadi (without beginning). But as Chitgopekar asserts, we can certainly work
on the etiology of his traits. And as we have begun to see, this is an unbelievably
complex process. The interaction between different cultures and belief systems
over millennia have produced mythic and divine traits that are not at all easy to
isolate.
From my own research work is that despite being on the fringe of the Vedic
society (just three suktas in the Rg Veda), from being the leader of the vratyas
(one of the Vedic "others" like the dasyus, pulindas, nisadas, kiratas and
sabaras), he has forever been a force to reckon with. Dangerous, incredibly
powerful and uncontrollable. Just read AV 11.2 to get a sense of how terrified
they were of him. Over the millennia and particularly with the Puranic process,
the custodians of the brahminical texts have managed to pacify him, make him
Sankara (he who pacifies) and Shiva (the auspicious). They have bound him
with a household, given him two sons and an equally powerful wife, probably as
a counter balance.
Despite all that, his anger simmers just below the surface as Kamadeva found
out the hard way. He has always been and continues to be too powerful to
ignore. And too hot to handle. Probably why Kalidasa could write about him in
the Gupta period, but the authors/redactors of the epics were not ready to give
him his due. That recognition comes centuries later, in the Puranas. Next in this
series we'll explore the creation of a sacred geography to mainstream Shiva-
with the creation of the jyotirlinga matrix.
61
How to Worship Lord Shiva
Lord Shiva is worshipped in His Saguna aspect in the form of Shivalingam.
Generally Shivabhaktas do Panchayatana Puja. In this Puja, Lord Shiva, Ganesa,
Parvati, Suryanarayana and Saligram are duly worshipped.
Get the Panchayatana Murtis on an auspicious day. Install them with great faith
in your own house. Conduct special prayers, Archana, Puja, Abhisheka, and
feeding of Brahmins, Mahatmas and the poor on a grand scale. Install the deity
in a separate room. Worship the Lord daily with all sincerity and faith. You will
have all wealth, peace of mind, attainment of Dharma, Artha, Kama and Moksha
also. You will lead a prosperous life and enter the Immortal abode of Shiva-
Sayujya, on death.
Collect plenty of Bael or Bilva leaves for Lord Shiva’s worship. Get ready
Dhupa, Dipa, camphor, sandal-sticks, fresh water, plenty of flowers, food
offerings to the Lord, a seat to sit upon, a bell, conch and other things required
for the Puja before you begin the worship. Get up in the early morning before
sunrise. Wash your face. Take bath. Wear silk dress separately kept for Puja
purposes. Decorate the Puja room nicely. Enter the room chanting Lord’s names,
glorifying Him, repeating Hymns in His praise and prostrating before the Lord.
Wash your feet before entering the room. Sit in a comfortable posture and
commence your worship. You have to first of all do Sankalpa for beginning the
Puja in the prescribed method. You should then do Kalasa (water vessel),
Sankha (conch), Atma (self) and Pitha (Lord’s seat) Puja in their order. You
62
should then offer Shodasopachara Puja to the Lord and then repeat
Mahamrityunjaya Mantra, Rudrapatha, Purushasukta, Gayatri, and do
Abhisheka with pure water, milk, sugarcane juice, ghee and other articles
according to your capacity or with pure water alone. Rudrabhisheka is highly
beneficial. If you do Rudra Japa and Abhisheka, all your worries and agonies
will disappear and you will attain the highest beatitude of human existence by
the grace of Lord Visvanath. Rudra is a great purifier. There is invisible hidden
power in Rudra and Purushasukta. There is a wonderful inspiration in the
recitation of Rudra. Start the worship and realise its glory and splendour for
yourself.
After Abhisheka, decorate the Lord nicely with sandal paste and flowers. Then
do Archana repeating His names, ‘Om Shivaya Namah’, ‘Om Mahesvaraya
Namah’, etc. Do daily 108 or 1008 Archanas if possible. After Archana, do
Arati with different kinds of lights—single Arati, Triple Arati, Pancha Arati and
Karpura Arati. Ring bells, cymbals, conch, etc., during Arati. Offer sacred
Prasad or Naivedya to the Lord.
After Arati is over, sing the praises of the Lord like Mahimna Stotra,
Panchakshara Stotra, etc., waving the Chamara. In the end repeat the prayers
‘Kayena vachah’, ‘Atma tvam Girija matih’, and ‘Kara-charana-kritam’. Offer
everything to the Lord. Feel that you are a mere instrument in His hands. Do
everything for obtaining the divine grace only. Develop Nimitta Bhava. Serve
the Bhaktas. The Lord is much pleased with the service of His devotees.
Distribute the Prasad among the Bhaktas in the end. Take the Prasad with great
faith. The glory of Bhagavan’s Prasad is indescribable. Vibhuti is taken as
Prasad and applied to the forehead.
When you advance in Saguna worship with external objects of worship, you can
begin Manasa Puja. You will have Darsana of the Lord and final emancipation.
63
Shiva Manasa Puja
Manasa Puja is mental worship. Manasa Puja is more powerful and effective
than the external worship with flowers, sandals, etc. You will have more
concentration when you do Manasa Puja.
Keep a small notebook in your pocket and write Mantra when you get leisure in
the office. Have three things in your pocket, viz., the Gita, Mantra notebook and
a Japa Mala or rosary. You will be immensely benefited.
Shiva Jnanam
Japa and meditation of the sacred names of Lord Shiva will free you from all
sins and lead you to the attainment of Shiva Jnanam or eternal bliss and
immortality. Shiva-nama is the very soul of all Mantras.
64
Shiva manifests in the Gayatri Mantra, Agni and in the Sun. When you repeat
Gayatri and when you worship the Agni and the Sun, you should meditate on
Lord Shiva.
A devotee of Lord Shiva should apply Vibhuti to his forehead and body. He
should wear a Rudrakshamala. He should worship the Shivalinga with leaves of
the Bilva tree. He should do Japa and meditation of the Panchakshara ‘Om
Namah Shivaya’. Lord Shiva is propitiated by every one of these actions.
Vibhuti or Bhasma is very sacred. It is worn by Lord Shiva Himself. The bead
of a Rudrakshamala represents the third eye on the forehead of Lord Shiva.
Bilva leaves are regarded to be one of the five abodes of Lakshmi or the
Goddess of wealth.
It is Shiva only who causes bondage and Mukti for the Jivas. It is Shiva who
makes the Jivas realise their essential Divine Nature. Shiva made Maya as the
body, senses and the Universe and thrust the Jivas into the Maya. He created the
idea of egoism, ‘I’-ness in them. He bound them in Karma and made them
experience pleasure and pain according to the nature of their Karmas, virtuous
actions or vicious deeds. This is the stage of bondage of the Jivas.
Gradually it is Shiva only who releases them from the fetters of egoism, Karma
and Maya and makes them shine as Shiva. This is the state of Moksha or
freedom. It is only through the grace of Lord Shiva, they attain the state of final
emancipation.
The Jivas have no independence, when they are under the influence of the three
impurities, i.e., Anava, Karma and Maya. They are endowed with a little
knowledge (Alpajnana).
The Jiva must first know his nature and his relationship with Lord Shiva in order
to attain His grace. Life or Prana is in the body. Lord Shiva is within the Prana.
He is the Prana of Pranas, and yet He is distinct from the Pranas and body. If
there is no Prana in the body, the body becomes a corpse. It cannot perform any
action. Shiva is the support for this body, Prana and Jiva. The Jiva cannot do any
action without Shiva. It is Shiva who illumines the intellect. Just as the eye
65
cannot see without the light of the sun, although it is endowed with the power to
see, so also the intellect cannot function without the light of Lord Shiva.
The four Sadhanas, viz., Charya, Kriya, Yoga and Jnana are the four steps to
attain Salvation. They are like the bud, flower, unripe fruit and ripe fruit.
Lord Shiva gradually frees the individual souls from egoism, Karma and Maya.
The Jivas gradually become disgusted with the sensual pleasures. They become
balanced in pleasure and pain. Through the grace of the Lord they understand
that Karma is the cause for births and deaths. They begin to do actions for the
Lord, serve the devotees of the Lord and attain purity of mind. They understand
that the soul or Shiva is distinct from the body, senses and mind and is beyond
the reach of mind and speech. They get initiation into the significance of ‘Om
Namah Shivaya’, the Panchakshara Mantra and meditate on Shiva.
They practise Shiva Yoga. Their hearts melt. Seer, sight and seen vanish. All the
activities of senses, mind and intellect cease. They bathe Lord Shiva with the
stream of Divine Love that is generated in their heart and offer their heart as
flower unto the Lord.
They hear the sound ‘Chilambosai’ and march forward through the path of the
sound and behold the vision of Nataraja in the Chidakasa and are immersed in
the ocean of Shivananda. They become one with the Lord, just as camphor melts
in the fire.
A Shiva Linga consists of three parts, the lowest of which is the Brahma-Pitha,
the middle one, the Vishnu-Pitha and the uppermost one, the Shiva-Pitha.
For a sincere devotee, the Linga is not a block of stone. It is all radiant Tejas or
Chaitanya. The Linga talks to him, makes him shed profuse tears, produces
67
horripilation and melting of heart, raises him above body-consciousness and
helps to commune with the Lord and attain Nirvikalpa Samadhi. Lord Rama
worshipped the Shiva Linga at Ramesvar. Ravana, the learned scholar,
worshipped the golden Linga. What a lot of mystic Sakti there should be in the
Linga!
May you all attain the formless Shiva through the worship of the Linga, the
symbol of Lord Shiva which helps concentration of mind and which serves as a
prop for the mind to lean upon in the beginning for the neophytes!
The Linga is like an egg. It represents the Brahmanda (cosmic egg). Whatever
that is contained in the Brahmanda is in the Linga. The whole world is the form
of Lord Shiva. The world is a Linga. Linga also is the form of Lord Shiva.
Linga signifies that the creation is effected by the union of Prakriti and Purusha.
It means Laya, Jnana, Vyapya, Prakasa, Arathaprakasa, Samarthya and the
symbol which denotes the above meaning. Linga means the place of dissolution
for the world and all beings. It signifies also Satya, Jnana and Ananta—Truth,
knowledge and Infinity. It indicates that Lord Shiva is endowed with all-
pervading and self-luminous nature. Linga is a symbol which makes us
understand the various kinds of Artha which are indicated above. There are six
Lingas, viz., Anda Linga, Pinda Linga, SadaShiva Linga, Atma Linga, Jnana
Linga and Shiva Linga. These Lingas are taken to mean the characteristics by
which the Anda (the Universe), Pinda (the body), SadaShiva, etc., are to be
recognised and understood.
The union of Linga with Yoni is a representation of the Eternal Union between
the static and the dynamic aspects of the Absolute Reality. This represents the
Eternal Spiritual Communion of the paternal and the maternal principles from
68
which all the phenomenal diversities have originated. This is an eternal
communion of the Changeless Being and the Dynamic Power or Sakti from
which all changes flow.
Further, the lower sexual propensities in the aspirants are eradicated by this
sublime conception. The spiritualisation and divinisation of Linga and Yoni,
helps the aspirants to free themselves from sexual thoughts. All base thoughts
gradually vanish by entertaining this lofty idea. All sexual relations in this world
are spiritualised as the manifestations of the ultimate Creative Principle, of the
eternal Self-enjoyment and Self-multiplication of Lord Shiva in and through His
Power or Sakti.
The union of Linga with Yoni symbolises the creation of this universe by Lord
Shiva in conjunction with His Sakti or Power.
The so-called educated men of the modern age have no spiritual insight and
philosophical penetration. Hence, they criticise the union of Linga with Yoni as
immoral and obscene, owing to their extreme ignorance and lack of enquiry,
deep thinking and Satsanga or association with sages. This is highly deplorable
and lamentable indeed! May Lord grant wisdom to these poor ignorant souls!
God alone is the Guru or the spiritual teacher. He shows Shiva or Sat. Sat-Guru
is Ambalam or Chidakasa Shiva. You will have to search the Guru in your own
heart. Knowledge, devotion, purity and Siddhis are obtained through the grace
of the Guru. The grace descends in virtuous aspirants who have purity,
dispassion, etc.
The thirsting aspirant should get help from Guru Param. Guru Param imparts
spiritual instructions to the aspirant. Then Suddha Guru confers upon him
Divine Grace. When the aspirant obtains the Divine Grace, he gets several
powers, purity, the power to know the Mantras, higher Siddhis, etc. Then the
Sat-Guru reveals himself in the Chidakasa, breaks the three bonds, viz., Anava
(egoism), Karma (action) and Maya (illusion) and helps him to enter the
illimitable domain of Moksha or supreme abode of eternal bliss. Shiva Guru
presents himself later on and manifests Sat, Asat and Sadasat. When the Jiva
69
attains this final knowledge, he becomes Shiva himself. The Guru who presents
himself in the earlier and later stages, is Shiva himself.
The devotee attains the grace of the Lord when he meditates on Him in the
chambers of his heart, in the space between the two eyebrows and in the head.
The holy feet of the Lord are highly eulogised. Tirumular says: “The holy feet of
my Lord are Mantra, beauty and truth.”
Moksha is the attainment of Shiva Ananda. He who attains Moksha will attain
supreme knowledge of Shiva. He who gets established in Shiva Ananda will
attain knowledge and Moksha (the final emancipation). The Jiva who knows
Shiva Ananda dwells for ever in it. He attains Shiva and Sakti in Shiva Ananda.
He is endowed with true knowledge which is really union of Shiva and Sakti.
Lord Shiva shows the path which leads on to Moksha, to the aspirant who is
endowed with dispassion, non-attachment, renunciation, who praises Him
always and performs regular worship.
The devotee of Lord Shiva gets strength to resist the temptations of the world
and of Indra, through his Tapas or austerity. He does not care at all for the
celestial pleasures offered by Indra. He is quite contented with the supreme bliss
attained through union with Lord Shiva.
Sage Tirumular says: “Abandon pride of learning. Introspect. Look within. You
will be firmly established in Shiva. Nothing will shake you. You will be freed
from the trammels of births and deaths.”
70
Greatness of the Prasad
Prasad is that which gives peace. During Kirtan, worship, Puja, Havan and
Arati, Badam, Kismis, milk, sweets, fruits are offered to the Lord. Puja is done
by Bael leaves, flowers, Tulsi, Vibhuti, and these are given as Prasad, from the
Lord. They are charged with mysterious powers by the chanting of Mantras
during Puja and Havan.
Live for a week in Brindavan, Pandharpur or Banares. You will realise the glory
and miraculous effects of Prasad. Prasad bestows good health, long life, peace
and prosperity on all. Glory to Prasad, the bestower of peace and bliss. Glory to
the Lord of the Prasad. Giver of immortality and undying happiness.
Kumkum is the Prasad of Sri Devi or Sakti, to be applied at the space between
the eyebrows (Ajna or Bhrumadhya).
Tulsi is the Prasad of Lord Vishnu, Rama or Krishna, not to be taken in. Badam,
Kismis, sweets, fruits, etc., are to be taken in.
Benefit of Pilgrimage
You will find a description of Oertel’s treatment in books on medicine, for
certain cardiac affections (heart-troubles). The patient is asked to climb up hills
slowly. So, the Kailasa trip, besides the spiritual benefit, removes many kinds of
minor heart-troubles. The heart is invigorated and strengthened. The whole
cardiac-vascular, nervous, pulmonary, alimentary, integumentary systems are
thoroughly overhauled and purified. There is no necessity for Kuhne’s steam
bath. You perspire profusely during the march. The whole body is filled with
fresh, oxygenated blood. The gentle breeze blowing from the tall pine trees all
over, surcharged with natural oil of pine, disinfects the lungs and a consumptive
is cured of phthisis when he returns. The excessive fat is reduced. A Kailas trip
is the best treatment for reduction of obesity in corpulent persons. Many kinds of
71
stomach troubles, uric acid troubles and various sorts of skin diseases are cured.
You will not get any disease for a period of 12 years, as you are charged with
new electrons, new atoms, new cells, new molecules and new nuclei with
renovated protoplasm. This is no Arthavada (glorification). You get two birds by
throwing one stone. The Kailas trip brings spiritual blessings and good health.
Hail! Hail to Sambhu, the Lord Shiva who dwells in Kailas with His Sakti,
Parvati, who gives Mukti to His devotees and who is known by the different
names, Hara, SadaShiva, Mahadeva, Nataraja, Sankara, etc.
The goal of life is God-realisation which only can free us from the miseries of
Samsara, the wheel of birth and death. The performance of the daily obligatory
rites, Nitya-Naimittika Karmas, Yatras, etc., unselfishly, leads to the acquisition
of virtue. This leads to the destruction of sin, which in turn results in the
purification of the mind. This purification of the mind leads to the
comprehension of the true nature of Samsara or relative existence, its false and
worthless nature. From this results Vairagya (renunciation), which arouses a
desire for liberation. From this desire results a vigilant search for its means.
From it comes the renunciation of all actions. Thence, the practice of Yoga,
which leads to a habitual tendency of the mind to settle in the Atman or
Brahman. This results in the knowledge of the meaning of such Sruti passages as
‘Tat Tvam Asi’, which destroys the Avidya (ignorance), thus leading to the
establishment in one’s own self. Thus you see that Yatra like Kailas trip is a
Parampara Sadhana for God-realisation, as it causes Chitta Suddhi and
Nididhyasana. Dhyana is a direct Sadhana. Householders who are shut up in the
world amidst various sorts of cares and anxieties, find a great relief in a Yatra.
Their minds get quite refreshed by a Yatra. Further, during the travel they come
across Sadhus and Sannyasins. They can have good Satsanga. They can clear
their doubts. They can get various sorts of help from them in spiritual Sadhana.
That is the main object of Yatra.
Let me bring to your memory, once more, the last word of the Vedas,
Upanishads—‘Tat Tvam Asi’, my dear readers. Om Tat Sat, Om Santi, Peace be
unto all beings.
Benefits of Parikrama
Parikrama is the devout perambulation or Pradakshina around a sacred and holy
spot. This is either a mountain peak, a sacred Tirtha, a place of pilgrimage or an
entire area regarded as holy and sanctified by tradition. This practice of making
a circuit is ordinarily done at any time, and especially undertaken by devotees en
masse at particular periods during the year.
72
When done on a smaller scale within a small ambit as round a Murti installed in
a shrine, round the sacred Tulsi plant or Pipal tree, the perambulation is in
common parlance termed ‘Pradakshina.’ A Parikrama also doubtless constitutes
Pradakshina, but by convention, it is come to refer mainly to big circuit.
Far off in the South, pious devotees make Pradakshina of the holy Arunachala at
Tiruvannamalai. Rama Bhaktas and Krishna Premis go round Chitrakuta
Parvata, Ayodhya, Brij, Brindavan, Govardhana and Badrinath.
The deep significance of Parikrama lies in the fact that the devotee considers not
the physical aspect of the place, hill or Tirtha, but the spiritual power it
symbolises and the Divine Presence that is manifested and felt through it.
Through the Lord’s revelation in the tenth chapter of the Bhagavad-Gita, you
will understand how much special places are saturated with the Divine Presence.
By the fervent attitude of faith and veneration, you make yourself fully receptive
to the inflow of the spiritual vibrations of the holy place. These powerful
spiritual currents enter and purify all the sheaths, gross and subtle, destroying
bad Vasanas and Samskaras. Tamas and Rajas are reduced. The concentrated
influence of Sattva awakens the dormant spiritual tendencies. By Parikrama, the
devotee drinks deep the Divine atmosphere pervading the place and comes out
of this spiritual path steeped in Sattvic vibrations. This is the inner working and
significance of doing Parikrama.
Blessed indeed are those who take part in Parikrama, because they will soon
attain peace, bliss and immortality! Glory to Lord Rama, the Lord of Ayodhya!
Glory to Krishna the Indweller of all hearts, whose special seat is Brindavan!
Glory to Bhaktas! May their blessings be upon you all!
Dig-devata dwells in the ears, Vayu in the skin, Sun in the eyes, Varuna in the
tongue, Asvins in the nose, Vishnu in the feet, Indra in the hands, Agni in the
speech, Prajapati in the generative organ, Yama in the anus, Sutratman in the
Prana, Hiranyagarbha in Antahkarana, Chandra in mind, Brahma in the intellect,
Rudra in egoism, Shiva in Chitta, Sarasvati in the end of the tongue, Parvati in
Anahata Chakra, Lakshmi in Manipura Chakra, Ganesa in Muladhara and
Satchidananda Brahman in Brahmarandhra at the crown of the head.
74
Tattvas are the attendants of the Lord. nana-Sakti is the Devi. Agama is the
commander. The eight Siddhis are the door-keepers of the Lord. Turiya is the
Bhasma. Veda is the bull or Nandi. Kalyana Gunas represent the Trident in the
hand. Panchakshara is the holy thread. Suddha Jiva is the ornament. The Vrittis
are the Pujopakaranas. The Panchabhutas and the five Tanmatras are the
Rudrakshamalas of Lord Shiva. Tiger skin represents Ahankara.
Kriya-Sakti and virtuous actions are Dhupa or incense for the Lord. Chit-Sakti
which produces knowledge is also Dhupa. Offering of the ego and the mind at
the lotus-feet of the Lord is real Naivedya. Just as camphor melts and becomes
one with the fire, so also the mind of a sage melts and the individual soul gets
merged in the Supreme Soul. This is real Karpura Arati.
King Ravana, a devout devotee of Lord Shiva, was also an Asura. Lord Ravana
used to behead himself every day, and offer his decapitated head to his Shivling,
as a form of worship.
75
However, there arose the thought in Ravana's mind that he should ask Lord
Shiva for the boon of the Atmalinga, so that he could usurp Lord Shiva's
powers, and become as powerful as his Master. To do so, he went to Mount
Kailash, Lord Shiva's abode in the Himalayas, and through austerity, penance
and worship pleased Lord Shiva with his devotion.
Lord Shiva, pleased with his devotee's love for him, appeared to him and asked
him what boon he wished for. Immediately Ravana asked for the Atmalinga, for
that was his purpose in performing the devotional rituals. Knowing Ravana's
purpose, and reading his thoughts, Lord Shiva, told him that he could take the
Atmalinga, but was not permitted to place it on the ground on his homeward
journey to Lanka.
When evening fell, and time for Lord Shiva's worship approached, Ravana
desperately looked around for someone who would hold the Atma Linga, so that
he could perform his devotional worship.
Lord Ganesha appeared to him, in the form of a small boy, to whom Ravana, in
desperation, entrusted the Linga, warning him not to place it on the ground.
While Ravan was on the seashore meditating on Lord Shiva, the boy kept calling
to him, telling him that the idol was too heavy to hold anymore. When Ravana
was through with his puja, he turned around and found that the boy had
disappeared, and that the idol had been placed on the sandy shore. He tried his
best to lift it, but his Herculean strength also failed him.
76
The Art of Varna Kalai
What does Shiva, aliens and an old martial arts from the state of Tamil Nadu
have in common? According to legend the art of Varma Kalai was a martial art
that was passed on to humans when lord Shiva walked amongst humans. The
sage Agastya received the ancient martial art from Lord Shiva himself and
passed it on to the masses. The warriors of an ancient tribe in Tamil Nadu used
this martial art to fight off armed opponents and wild animals.
Varma Kalai literally means hitting the vital points. The art is a study of the
human anatomy and its pressure points so as to make use of its weakness and to
take advantage of it when the need arises. The teachers of this deadly martial art
have pin-pointed 108 points of the body which are susceptible to attack. These
points can be used to render an assailant incapable of any type of movement. All
this without the use of any weapons other than your hands.
A part of learning this martial art is to make use of the entire body as a single
instrument rather than different instruments. When working in unity and
harmony the human body can be trained to attack with a ferocity that is
unbridled. This same harmony can be used to help the body heal and rebuild
itself after any form of disease or attack.
These pressure points on the human body are known as "marma". Attacks can be
performed on the nerves, bones, muscles, arteries, joints and the veins. Some of
the attacks are debilitating while others are just downright lethal and can be used
to kill a person with a single blow. Students are chosen only when they have
proven to be strong willed characters that will use the art as a form of self-
77
defence. The teachers of the art are few and far between and do not take on
many students.
Varma Kalai (the art of varmam) is considered to be very sacred. It is believed
that Lord Siva taught this art form. It is one of the oldest form of South Indian
martial art and healing system. The aim of Varma Kalai is to produce healthy
individuals. The main purpose of this rare ancient art of varmam is to save the
precious human lives. Varma Kalai is very popular in southern part of the
county, more particularly in Kanyakumari district of Tamil Nadu.
The term varmam appears in the Rigveda where Indra hits Vritra in a varmam
with his vajra. This system of varmam is part of Sidha Vaidhyam, whose origin
is attributed to mythical sage Agastya and his disciples.
According to a versus, Lord Shiva taught varmam to his wife Parvathi; later
Parvathi taught varmam to their son Lord Murugan. Lord Murugan then taught
Siddha Agasthiyar. Agasthiyar later gave a written form that reached the masses.
But the original texts, directly written by siddhas, are not available now. Saints
who have grasped the meaning of the siddhas sayings have given a poetic form,
which is used in modern day learning. So far, around 50,000 songs are available.
Varmam has grown under three independent schools of thoughts, mainly
governed by three ancient siddha’s namely Akasthiyar, Bohar and Rama Devar,
The narrated history has been mentioned in the 41st prose of ” Kai Mathirai
Thiravukol .”
It says that a varmam teacher should teach varmam only to a ‘sivayogi’.
Sivayogi means devotee of Shiva. Knowledge of Varma Kalai is passed
through generation after generation. People who have mastered the art are called
asaans (masters). Varma asaans are also known as varmaanis. In order to learn
this Art, it is necessary to work with an Asaan for a minimum period of twelve
years.
Classifications of Varmam
Human body is divided into five areas in which varma points are discussed.
They are:
78
V Both Legs 15
Total 108
Varma Therapy
Studies about each varmam’s (pressure points) characteristics like location of
the varmam, depth and width of varmam, the pressure with which the varmam
has to be tuned to cure diseases constitutes the mainstream study in varma
therapy.
The various techniques that can be applied to cure varmam related injuries are:
1. Marukaalam
2. Thirumal Murai
3. Adangal Murai
4. Thiravukol Murai
5. Thadaval Murai [Applying massage techniques]
6. Marunthu Murai [Applying medicines]
7. Vayu Nilai Amarthal
8. Kattu Murai
Techniques like Marukaalam and Thiravukol Murai are used for instant relief.
Techniques like Thadaval Murai and Thirumal Murai should be done at least for
three consecutive days to give relief from varmam related injuries
Disorders that can be cured by Varma Therapy
Various other disorders that can be cured with the help of Varma therapy are:
Nerves weakness
Body shivering
Disk prolapse
Dehydration
Cervical spondylosis
Head ache
Sciatic Problems
Eye problems
ENT (Ear, Nose, and Throat) problems
79
Bone joints and arthritics
Gland disorders (like Diabetes, etc.)
Although most of the vital Varma Sastra texts in palm leaf have been lost,
presently more than one-hundred are traced out. Each book consists of 100 to
1000 verses. These Sastras were not available to common men until the recently.
Some of the books which are available are given below.
2. Vahada Nidanam
3. ‘Marma Nidanam
4. Kadikaram’ (Kannadi)
5. Marma Sutram
7. Agastiya Thiravukol
8. Marma Thiravukol
80
19. Narambarai Suttiram
20. Kaivallyam
The organization has establish the ancient Indian martial art “Niyuddha Kride”
as the best martial art sport since “Mahashivratry- 1995”. Nihyuddha is an
81
ancient and true Indian Martial art. It was born in Satyug by the Gods. It has
been developed through the most effective method of Weaponless self-defence
but an intricate ART, an exciting sport and a trenchant method of maintaining
physical and mental fitness.
The Satya Yuga (Devanagari: सत्य युग), also called Sat Yuga, Krta Yuga and
Krita Yuga in Hinduism, is the first of the four Yugas, the "Yuga (Age or Era)
of Truth", when humanity is governed by gods, and every manifestation or work
is close to the purest ideal and humanity will allow intrinsic goodness to rule
supreme. It is sometimes referred to as the "Golden Age". The Satya Yuga lasts
1,728,000 years. The goddess Dharma (depicted in the form of cow), which
symbolises morality, stood on all four legs during this period. Later on in the
Treta Yuga, it would become three, followed by two in the Dvapara Yuga.
Currently, in the immoral age of Kali, it stands on one leg.
Many think that in all the regular martial arts as Judo, Karate, Taekwan-do,
Kung-fu etc. are the real and true martial arts, but this is an entirely mistaken
concept. Nihyuddha is the Mother art of all those martial art. Many other also
think that Nihyuddha is an unknown Indian martial art and it is totally new. It is
not true, in fact Nihyuddha is brought when the earth is born. Everyone knows
very well that India is the first country who develops their civilization. So,
definitely jauntily fight pattern is developing in India first. Kalary Payattam is
good example of what we are saying here. Tremendous skill and control are
required in Nihyuddha while blocking, punching, kicking and throwing
techniques, all contribute to make Nihyuddha one of the most exciting and
competitive sport, its challenge lies in the adept use of the techniques without
having any actual body contact.
82
Aims of Niyuddha
Niyuddha is an origin martial art from ancient INDIA. Following aims are
followed with World Niyuddha Foundation:
1. Niyuddha is known as the best sport of martial art in all over the world.
2. Build up the mantel and physical power in human body.
3. Introduce the Niyuddha Dharma for any human specially Yoddha
(Player of Niyuddha).
4. Bringing the way of truth and internal power (Para Shakti).
5. Affiliate all nations and countries with Niyuddha Dharma and sport's
pattern.
6. Reaching every person to introduce and establish Niyuddha Dharma and
sport's pattern.
7. Arrange Niyuddha's training camps, Niyuddha's master's training camps
all over world and Nations, Countries up to their states and Districts.
8. Camps for referees, jury and judges for International, National, State and
District level tournaments of Niyuddha.
9. Arrange Niyuddha's colour belt exams. Black Belt exams include with
exam of acharya of Niyuddha. Also arrange examination for all the part of
Niyuddha sport pattern and Niyuddha Dharma.
10. Awarding Niyuddha's all types’ title and their certificates.
11.Issue license for Niyuddha coaching and classes for any part of the
world.
Its training programs are organized by Rishi/ Mahrishi's Ashrama. In that time
Nihyuddha divided in various part of techniques as follows:
1. Mantra
2. Tantra
3. Yantra
1. Mantra
83
defeat in any fight or contest. So, initially he should meditate his mind at
origin. He moves in soul by mantra power.
2. Tantra
The tantra is original method of the development of a fight. It is also divided
in many parts.
Thus the body have following tools for fight against any opponent :
3. Yantra
All types of weapons as like sword (talwar), knife, arrow and bow,
modern weapons as like gun, revolver, machine gun etc.
and the dangerous atomic weapons i.e. are the examples of Nihyuddha's
Yantra logic.
85
should be half closed and you should not blink. All the time, repeat
mentally the mantra OM NAMAH SHIVAYA.
Yoga students practising Shiva-yoga
12. Begin your practice with not more than 5 minutes (time of practice
will increase on its own!), then bow down to lshtalinga. By doing so, you
actually bow down to Shri Swamiji1.
13. After the practice is over, remain seated in silence and enjoy the
overall peace that surrounds you. Meditate with eyes closed. Thus all the
benefIt from the practice of Shiva-yoga will be preserved.
Important:
Always sit in the same place. Face either north or east and try to start your
practice at the same time every day. The best time is early in the morning
(between 4 and 6 hrs) or in the evening (between 19 and 21 hrs). During Shiva-
yoga practice do not wear any metal ornaments on your body as it will prevent
the even flow of energy (prana), throughout your body. You should also remove
1 Sreepada Venkata Viswanatha was born on the banks of sacred river Godavari, on April
29,1965, to the pious couple Rama Pattabhi and Satyavathi. Being from a devout Brahmin
family, child Viswanatha, religiously and scrupulously followed all the religious customs. At
the age of 26, in the year 1990, while Young Viswanatha was taking his regular ritual dip in
the Holy River Godavari, Mother Goddess descended upon him and declared Viswanatha as
the fifth incarnation of "GURU DATTATREYA", who is embodiment of the Holy Trinity,
Brahma, Vishnu and Maheswara. Since then Viswanatha became a monk and took Sreepada
Srivallabha Venkata Viswanatha Swamy as his Ashrama name. Being ordained by the Mother
Goddess, he took divine path to establish peace and goodwill on earth. To achieve peace,
happiness, to develop the energy levels in the human body and to restore the draining energies
in the nature, H.H. Swamiji analyzed several ancient scriptures, researched and finally
formulated one unique way of meditation called Viswa Chetana, which consists of Cosmic
Swish the mediation, and Sakti Dhara, the yogic method of downloading of Cosmic Energy.
The Hindu way of life promises eternal peace with oneself, both to believers and non-
believers of the religious doctrines. In the days of yore, men used to penance and prayed to
hear the voices of the universal force. Those who did hear, follow and execute the instructions
of God were hailed as Sages or Prophets. Guru, the teacher, is the torch that shows the true
path, the force which removes Agnana (Ignorance) and reveals Jnana (Enlightenment). So,
remember that whatever be the religion you believe in, you should aspire to merge with the
universal force and through it, establish peace and goodwill on earth. Let us together today,
pray to the Supreme Lord and invoke his blessings to guide us on the right path to peace and
happiness. Let us practice Universal Brotherhood, Universal Love to lead happy and
prosperous universal family and universal religion under the auspicious umbrella of Universal
Force. May peace and joy be yours today and ever.
86
wrist-watch and specs or lenses. But, in case you are long-sighted, leave your
specs on!
Keep your Ishtalinga in a small cotton or silk bag (never use leather or synthetic
material). Treat your Ishtalinga with utmost care, respect and above all-love. It
is sacred. If you wish, you can wear it on your body, i.e., around your neck so
that it stays in the area of anahata chakra (heart centre). Your lshtalinga has been
blessed by Shri Kumarswamiji and is full of his Guru-shakti (Master’s power)
and Grace. The wearing of lshtalinga fIlls your body with wonderful energy and
gives you protection against various negative influences from the outside world.
It also helps you to always remember Shri Kumarswamiji and the practice of
Shiva-yoga.
Be regular in your practice and feel the blessings of Guruji.
Identically the location of third eye also differs according to various traditions.
Hinduism locates third eye around the middle of the forehead, just above the
crossroads of eyebrows. On contrary to this theory, Theosophy locates third eye
in back of the head. As per to this theory third eye was placed in the back of the
head during ancient period of human era.
Gradually it atrophied as humans evolved and sunk into the pineal gland. Third
eye is regarded as the main center point of source of energy in human body. To
87
retrieve this power of your body you need to be focused on advanced mediation
level of third eye. To activate the third eye, you need to concentrate on
meditations and need to take care of following given points:
1. Sitting posture
Correct sitting posture for third eye meditation is very essential. You have to
relax your mind as well as your body to energize third eye. While sitting for
meditation, remember to sit in crossed leg posture.
2. Belief
Belief is another pillar of your success to meditate on your third eye. You have
to believe in yourself that you are capable enough to stimulate third eye power.
Faith on your meditation procedure is necessary to attain success.
3. Focus / Concentration
4. Environment
Mediation of third eye will push your mind to flash visual effects of earlier
scenes in front of you be it trains, various people your met, natural beauty like
waterfalls, mountains, rivers etc. at this level of meditation you must try to
visualize clear picture which your mind is trying to produce.
6. Feeling Pain
88
At the final stage of meditation you will feel a slight pain as well as your third
eye will glow. To reveal the answers of mysterious depths you must practice
third eye meditation on a habitual way.
91
evolve their brain structures with neural changes that promote higher
consciousness.
Firstly, the medial pre-frontal cortex is thought by Neuroscientists to be part of
the cognitive(mental) processing system of humans and appears to play a
inhibitory calming or influencing role over the emotional or limbic part of the
brain. This part of the brain also has been found to mediate and down-regulate
the production of the stress hormone known as cortisol that is produced via the
Hypothalamic-Pituitary gland-Adrenal gland axis (HPA axis) when a person is
stressed.
The signalling by the medial prefrontal cortex appears to regulate the
generalization of fear and can dampen an overall increase in escalation of fear
mediated by the Amygdala, which is the part of the brain that evokes a “fight or
flight” response in us all. This is believed to be partly why meditation and
mindfulness practices can assist anxiety and trauma sufferers to “dampen” down
arousal symptoms in their nervous system and brain function.
Neuroimaging or brain scans have confirmed that meditators actually shrink
their Amygdala over time. This is important as it reduces a person reactive
“fight or flight” triggers and increases the tolerance of arousal that a person can
take on until they activate that emotional “fight or flight” state of being. Such a
person becomes able to be emotionally stable and in present time as a result of
such changes. This equates to an aspect of the Buddhist concept mindfulness.
Secondly and more specifically, a part of the brain known as the Orbitofrontal
Cortex lies just above the orbit of the eyes and forms part of the frontal lobe in
the area that correlates to the “third eye”. This piece of brain facilitates direct
inputs from many other cortical and sub-cortical areas of the brain. It also sends
or signals outwards other forms of information and signals to the same and
different cortical and subcortical regions of the brain.
The wealth of incoming information provides a snapshot of what is happening in
the external environment as well as what reactions and plans are being organised
by other parts of the brain. Critically its output communication affect a variety
of behaviours and physiological responses, including emotional and ANS
responses organised by the Amygdala part of the brain.
It is this mediating function that apparently helps us integrate external
experience with internal states, and also allows us to influence states of being in
the body and to raise our window of tolerance of arousal from internal and
external sources of discomfort. This is speculated as being the vehicle by which
Siddhis and spiritual people can alter their own bodily functions such as heart
rate, blood flow, pain thresholds etc when you see them demonstrating unusual
92
“tricks” that appear painful or which would signal injury or death in the rest of
us.
The Orbitofrontal Cortex is also an area of brain that “lights up” in brain scans
when meditation and visualisation occurs. If one notices that the “outputs” go to
mental centres, emotional centres, physiological processes, and memory areas of
the brain then an interesting correlation should be noted. In meditation it is
stressed that one should develop the correct logical thoughts or
reasoning(mental), develop a strong feeling(emotional), create a stable
visualisation(memory), and have correct meditative posture(physiological
posture) when doing so.
In effect it is speculation but perhaps this is the critical reason why advancing
one’s spiritual realisations require the alignment of each of these key areas. The
implication is that the Orbitofrontal Cortex may “update” our Bodymind reality
across these different cortical and subcortical areas of brain function. A
comprehensive set of new information may in turn shape our operative reality,
which is the basis for the creation of “realisation” in humans as a deep personal
experience, as against just a mental conceptual knowledge of the same object.
Neuroimaging not only shows that meditators shrunk their Amygdala over time,
but also that their Hippocampus increases over time. The Hippocampus is
commonly associated with memory function, and is part of the temporal lobe of
the brain. It appears that the Hippocampus plays a key part in consciousness by
shaping conscious or declarative thinking and also mediating learnt responses
from past associations with incoming sensory data.
It is known that trauma and continued stress can damage Hippocampus cells via
the action of the stress hormone Cortisol which creates cell damage and
shrinkage of the Hippocampus. Apparently meditation can reverse or repair
some of this damage and facilitates growth of the Hippocampus area of the
brain. Meditation has been shown to have a calming effect on the Body-mind
system and promotes a relaxed feel-good, parasympathetic state of the ANS
outcome. Immune system repair of the body needs such a state to exist for
healing to occur and be sustained.
In conclusion it can be seen that there is now more evidence emerging that the
point in the body known as the “third eye” correlates to the same physical
location of brain and gland functions which have direct impacts on our physical,
mental, emotional and spiritual states of being, as well as states of
consciousness.
93
Activating the Third Eye Chakra
Activating the third eye chakra is key to developing your innate gifts. Also
known as Ajna or the brow chakra because of its position in the centre of the
brain, it is the sixth of the seven chakras.
You third eye therefore is also considered the “sixth sense” which improves
your powers of intuition, clairvoyance, perception and psychic ability. But its
real power is the ability to visualise.
The third eye has been linked with the pineal gland which secretes melatonin as
we sleep. Although scientists are still conducting research to provide conclusive
prove, Dr Rick Strassman believes the pineal gland is what enables us to have
visions when we dream.
It could be possible then that the third eye is our mind’s eye. For those of you
who have the ability to create visions in your head, you have the ability to
create. For those of you who cannot see visions, it is time to wake up your
mind’s eye.
Once you learn how to develop visualisation through the process of meditation,
you can better tap into your inner-wisdom and communicate with your sub-
conscious mind.
According to Dr Joseph Murphy and other psycho-analytical researchers, it is
the sub-conscious mind that ultimately manifests things in our lives. Therefore,
having the ability to visualise and see yourself in situations you want to be in
can become a reality.
Of course, your desires have to be within reason. If you visualise yourself with a
film star, it does not mean it is going to happen. When other people are involved
in your dreams, they have to be open to receive your desire.
Third Eye meditation techniques
There are several powerful techniques you can use to open the third eye and you
may need to experiment with several before you find one that works for you.
Some people find that a guided meditation helps to produce stronger
visualisation.
Third eye activation is not a quick process. It requires patience. If you access
your third eye regularly, you will eventually experience some “quantum leaps”
or “openings”. It is not either open or closed. There is an ongoing awakening
process.
94
There is some danger to third eye meditations. It may be wise to gather as much
info as you can about this before you practice such exercises regularly. Also
research the pitfalls of spiritual materialism.
You may experience some symptoms when opening your third eye chakra.
Symptoms include a feeling of pressure at the point between the eyebrows,
headaches, strange imagery, information overload and oversensitivity
(especially around people).
Some of this may be OK. You’re getting used to activating parts of your brain
that you weren’t working with before. However, you may need to keep an eye
on yourself and “check in” regularly. If it’s too overwhelming, scale back your
third eye chakra meditations a little bit with shorter sessions, or even take a
break for a while if you have to.
For a while, you may not experience anything remarkable. That’s OK as well.
Real processes are happening behind the scenes even in that case. They will
build up into more visible processes.
To help prevent uncomfortable symptoms, be sure to combine this practice with
grounding exercises. These include physical exercise, anything that generates
feeling in the body and grounding meditations of various kinds. This will help
you to keep your delicate upper chakras and your lower chakras in balance.
Don’t just fly off into la la land.
You want to practice the following third eye opening meditation at least a few
minutes per day for best results. Try not to skip a day because momentum is
important here.
How to Open Your Third Eye
The third eye symbolizes an enlightened state of consciousness through which
one can perceive the world. This will teach you how to open your third eye so
that you can have a deeper sense of intuition about the world around you.
Brief Summary
1. Find someplace peaceful.
2. Sit down comfortably.
3. Pick an object to focus on.
4. Pick a mantra and use it.
5. Meditate and focus on your third eye chakra. It is on your forehead,
between your eyes.
95
6. Become more mindful. Go outside, get creative, and notice the little
things.
96
•If you are used to sitting in a chair, take some time each day to get used
to sitting on the floor. In time, it will feel more natural it will be easier to
focus on your meditation.
•Most people choose to use at least one cushion to make sitting on the
ground more comfortable. Feel free to use two or three sturdy cushions if
you find this works better for you.
•If you simply cannot be comfortable sitting, don't worry. You can try
what is known as walking meditation. For some people, the rhythmic
sounds of their footfalls can be very soothing. Walk slowly, and have a
clear path so that you don't have to think too much about where you are
going.
4. Choose a meditation object. A meditation object can be a thought or a
physical object. The point of choosing one is to make it easier for your
brain to focus. This will keep your thoughts from wandering and will
make your meditation more effective.
•Candles are a popular meditation object. The flickering flame is easy to
look at and are comforting to many people.
•Your meditation object does not have to be nearby physically. Feel free
to picture the ocean or a beautiful tree that you once saw. Just make sure
you can clearly see the object in your mind's eye.
5. Pick a mantra. A mantra is a word or phrase that you will repeat during
your meditation practice. You might say the mantra internally or out loud-
-that is a personal preference. Your mantra should be something that is
personal and meaningful to you.
•Your mantra should be something that you want to integrate into your
mind, or your awareness. For example, you might choose to repeat, "I
choose happiness". This will help reinforce the idea that you are going to
focus on feeling joy throughout the day.
•Another mantra idea is to choose just one word. For example, you could
repeat the word "peace".
6. Make it a routine. Meditation is a practice. That means that the first time
to sit down to meditate, it might not be a big success. Your mind might
wander, or you might even fall asleep. Learning to successfully meditate
is a process and it takes time.
•Make meditation a part of your everyday life. Begin with very small
increments, maybe five minutes or even just two. Soon you will feel more
97
comfortable with the process and be able to devote more time to
meditation each day.
98
•For example, when you are taking a shower, consciously observe the
physical sensations. Take note of how the warm water feels on your
shoulders. Appreciate the refreshing scent of your shampoo.
99
2. Imagine yourself as a ball of white light in the center of your chest.
Every inhale is going to this ball of light. It’s getting bigger. Do this for a
few breaths.
3. As this ball of light, travel up to your throat area, “gathering” your
consciousness along the way. You are becoming bigger and brighter as
you do this. Go up to your third eye chakra, the point between the
eyebrows and just a little bit inward, and do the same.
4. Travel up to your crown. This should be that soft spot on the top of
your head that was very soft when you were a baby. It’s also known as the
fontanel.
5. Point your eyes upward so that they’re “looking” into the point between
the eyebrows. Stretch your forehead upward so that it’s krinkled. Your
eyes should discover a little “sweet spot” that lets you know they’re
pointing in the right direction. If not, no worries.
6. Exit the crown with a little pop. Go up about three feet and look around
for a second or two. Go up 100 feet and do the same.
7. Travel upward. Go past the sun and moon. Go past millions of stars and
galaxies until you’re past the universe and you don’t see any of these
things.
8. In the distance, you see a ball of whitish light with a purplish blue tint.
The tint has an indigo color. It’s getting bigger and bigger until it’s very
close. Now it’s huge. Enter it. Your brainwaves are now vibrating in a
Theta frequency.
9. If you see anything other than this light, go deeper into it. You’re in a
whole new plane. Let the light “rinse” you. Bathe in the light.
10. Relax your forehead and eyes and breathe in this light. Let it enter
your jaw on the inhale. Notice any tension in the upper and lower jaw.
Allow the jaw to relax, especially on the exhale.
11. Do the same for the sides of the head, the back of the head, the
forehead and the top of the head. Optionally, if you’re feeling ambitious,
do the same for all parts of the body.
12. Point your eyes upward to your third eye chakra, between the
eyebrows, and stretch your forehead again. Keep breathing through the
nose.
13. Chant a long “om” with every exhale. You can do it loud or quietly.
The important thing is that you are aware of the vibration from this mantra
100
in your forehead. Keep the “ooooo” roughly equal in length to the
“mmmmm”.
Experiment with different pitches so that you find the right pitch that
vibrates just right in your third eye chakra point.
14. Let go into the vibration. Let yourself become increasingly absorbed
in it. It is new and unique every time. Relax into it and enjoy it. Take it in.
You can also imagine the vibration of the om vibrating outward infinitely in all
directions, connecting with the all. In this case, you are still absorbed in the
vibration of the om in your third eye chakra point.
If thoughts or emotions come up, let them be what they are. There’s no need to
push them away. They can coexist with the OM. They will arise and fall away
on their own.
Now you know how to open your third eye chakra. Keep practicing this
meditation technique. If you develop what they call “siddhis” or powers, be sure
to develop wisdom at the same rate. Don’t be that little boy with the nuclear
arsenal.
How to Reach a Theta State of Mind Without Machines
It is easy to reach a Theta state of mind without binaural beats, metronomes or
other nicknacks. Here you will learn how to enter a Theta state with a quick
visualization exercise PLUS how to use it for intuitive work.
A Theta mind state gives a surprisingly powerful boost to intuitive work and
your ability to access the subconscious mind.
First of all, you know what a Theta state is, right? Theta brainwaves correspond
to a state of mind associated with dreams and waking dreams, as well as a deep
meditative state.
Theta brainwaves are slower than the Beta and Alpha activity we normally have
in daily life. They vibrate at between 4 and 8 cycles per second. Theta states are
normally responsible for those “Eureka!” moments of well known inventors and
scientists. They are highly creative states.
In a Theta state, you tap into the creative and intuitive resources of your mind.
When you can consciously control this state of mind, then problem solving and
tapping into your intuition becomes much easier. Goal achievement also
becomes a much easier and more efficient process.
It really is super-duper simple to achieve a Theta state without any gadgets or
machines. I mean it. Honest. Just do the following visualization.
101
We’ll start with the optional grounding part. It is important to visualize going
into the Earth, at least some of the time. Entering a Theta state of mind through
this type of exercise can be very un-grounding. If you do this visualization often,
you’ll want to do yourself a favour and keep grounded.
Grounding Exercise to Prepare for the Theta State
1. Close your eyes and relax. Imagine yourself as a ball of white light in
the center of your chest.
2. Travel downward toward the belly, gathering your body consciousness
into that ball. The ball becomes bigger and brighter as you gather that
consciousness.
3. Travel down through the groin and through the thighs, knees, ankles
and feet. You continue to become larger as you do this.
4. Go through the bottoms of the feet until you’re a few feet into the
Earth.
5. Go a few hundred feet deeper into the Earth’s crust. Find a very large
rock.
6. Attach a cord to yourself. Attach the other end of the cord to this very
large rock.
7. Head back up to the bottoms of your feet. Go back up through your
feet, ankles, knees, groin and belly. Gather your body consciousness even
more.
Now you’re back where you started. Now we will continue with the beginning
of the Theta exercise. This part is not optional.
Visualization for Entering a Theta Mind State
1. You are a ball of white light in the middle of your chest. Your eyes are
closed.
2. Travel upward toward your neck, gathering your body consciousness
into your ball. You, as the ball, are growing bigger and brighter as you do
this.
4. Go through the jaw and the head while continuing to gather the body
consciousness. Stop at the fontanel (crown) at the top of your head.
5. With a little bit of a pop, exit the fontanel and go three feet above your
head. Look around. You are now in a Theta state, but we’re not done yet.
We need to reinforce this state of mind.
102
6. Go up a few hundred feet and look around.
7. Keep going past the sun and the moon and through millions of galaxies.
8. Go past the universe.
9. In the distance is a ball of bluish white light. As you approach it, this
ball gets bigger and bigger until it’s right there in front of you.
10. Enter this light. You are in a whole new plane. Keep going through
this light until it is all that exists.
11. Let the light wash through you and cleanse all your tension and
impurities. Bathe in the light.
As soon as you, as the little ball of light, exited through the crown, you reached
a Theta brainwave state. You went up further, past the galaxies, past the
universe, into the ball of light to the place where only the light exists. The extra
steps in the visualization are to ensure that you are solidly in Theta.
You can use this Theta visualization as a meditation by sitting in the place of
light that you entered in the visualization. You can also ask questions to tap into
your intuition and solve problems, such as “What do I have to do today to get
that job”.
If you practice visualization for manifestation work, you can do your
visualizations in the place of light you entered in the exercise. This will enhance
your ability to achieve your goal.
When you ask questions or visualize a goal after reaching a Theta state, do not
be impatient. Intuitions will come through visual, kinesthetic, “direct knowing”
and/or audio channels – but not necessarily right away.
Intuitions may come within a few seconds or minutes, or they may come the
next day. They will manifest more quickly with practice. The key is to let go and
allow these things to come up.
Do not try to interpret what comes up. Just take note of everything that goes
through your mind. Write them down if you have to. Let your conscious mind
process the information. Then, suddenly, you may have a “Eureka!” moment.
I find it easiest to use this method to answer other people’s questions. Try
partnering up and let your partner ask the questions. Don’t interpret anything.
Just tell them exactly what you see, feel, “know”, etc – no matter how ridiculous
it seems. The feedback may surprise you.
For example, if you see a kangaroo playing double Dutch with two little girls,
tell them that. They might just say, “Oh my God! I once saw a kangaroo playing
103
double Dutch with two little girls when I was five years old!” Or the connection
may be more subtle but profoundly meaningful.
If you partner up, wrap up the session by going back up to the light and letting it
rinse you.
If you want to solidly anchor yourself in a state of mind that is conducive to
achieving your goals and really get the most out of the Theta brainwave state, I
would recommend a solid meditation practice.
The exercise you learned is an adaptation of a Theta Healing visualization. The
basis of Theta Healing is to reach a Theta mind state and use that for all kinds of
applications from changing subconscious beliefs to spiritual healing and psychic
work. Her visualization is a little more elaborate to allow for advanced Theta
state applications.
104
That ability to gracefully experience the here and now increases your stamina
and your mental resilience. The ego grasps at comfort and pushes away
discomfort. Mindfulness breaks down the knee-jerk attraction and repulsion and
gives us more choices other than needlessly reacting to our own experiences.
Paying attention to the feelings in the body will also give us opportunities to
relax into the run without wasting needless energy. We then have the
opportunity to develop physical resilience.
Runner’s High
You may have heard of runner’s high, and you may also have experienced it for
yourself. Runner’s high occurs when the act of running releases some of the
happy chemicals in the brain known as endorphins.
This is just one component of runner’s high. The other is a state of flow which
occurs when everything falls away except you and the road, floor or treadmill.
This state of flow is a major part of meditation. If you’ve experienced runner’s
high, there’s also a good chance that you have experienced meditation at the
same time.
The simple act of long term running has been shown to reduce anxiety and
depression. The same can be said about meditation. They have a lot in common.
It can be a great combo.
How to Practice Running Meditation
There are at least a couple of different ways to do running meditation. One
involves synchronizing your running with your breath, and the other method
you’ll learn here does not.
Most meditation techniques have an object of focus. It may be a mantra, the
breath, a candle flame, a visualized image and many other things.
Typically, you become deeply absorbed in that object. If you’ve experienced a
good lover, you have probably found that some situations make it very easy to
concentrate with full attention. In fact, love and concentration are the same thing
in the advanced stages.
In running meditation, you are anchored in the consciousness of the sensation of
running. The high physical stress certainly makes it easier to pay attention to
what is happening in the body.
The way to combine meditation and running is to pay full attention to what’s
going on in the body. The pain, the breath, the feeling of your feet hitting the
ground, the rhythm of the running, your own thoughts.
105
Let go of thoughts of dinner, the work you have to do tomorrow and the work
you were supposed to do yesterday.
Add Mindfulness for Running Stamina
Sometimes when I run or ride a bike up a steep hill, anxious thought occurs.
Other thoughts about some time other than now also occur.
There may be times when you’re physically comfortable during the run, and
your mind has the privilege to wander aimlessly.
Whatever your mind is doing, be fully present with whatever is going on. It
could be that you’re not concentrating well on the experience of running, but
that shouldn’t take you out of the present moment.
All this thinking is happening WITHIN the present moment. They are processes
occurring within you.
Be present with that. You are an impartial observer who is calmly witnessing
these thinking events happening in the here now. Acknowledge this thinking as
if it’s a good friend.
When you pay attention to a thought instead of following it, it loses its grip on
you. You may find that the thought starts to fade when you shine the light of
loving attention on it.
After acknowledging the inner processes, go back to the rhythm of the run, the
feet hitting the ground, the body sensations and the breath. If thoughts happen
again, repeat the mindfulness process and then go back to the rhythm and
sensations of the run.
This mindfulness process accumulates equanimity, and this leads to peace and
what some refer to as mental toughness. Mindfulness builds up running stamina.
Synchronizing the Breath with Your Running Meditation
Try adding some rhythm to the breath and see if that helps. It gives you
something to concentrate on.
Running usually involves breathing through the mouth, so stick with that unless
you want experiment with the nose as well. I can’t vouch for the nose method.
However you do it, try the following.
Your right foot and then left foot hit the ground. Count this as one cycle. Take a
deep inhale for four cycles, and let out a deep exhale for four cycles. Both the
inhale and the exhale are of equal intensity.
106
If you want to increase stamina and send more oxygen to your muscles, let your
abdomen inflate like a balloon while your chest remains relatively still. This will
tone up your lungs and diaphragm.
Most runners are chest breathers, but this method may help you with both
meditation and stamina building. Strengthen your respiratory system and
strengthen your running stamina. Conversely, the more respiratory stress, the
more your leg muscles will suffer.
A study at the Centre for Sports Medicine and Human Performance at Brunel
University in England confirms this.
Synchronizing the breath does help to strengthen the diaphragm. Even if you
don’t wish to synchronize your breath with the rhythm of your running, try this
belly breathing method anyway.
Let yourself become increasingly absorbed in the breath. You are “becoming
one” with the breath, just like you “become one” with a love partner.
The belly breathing method may also help you to let go of tension and conserve
your energy for running. This brings us to the next section.
Relax the Body during the Run
Here’s another variation of running meditation. During the run, try “checking
in” with one body part at a time and notice where you are especially tense. Let
go of as much tension as you can with each body part.Some parts of your body,
including your face, ankles, forehead and hands, may be more rigid than you
need them to be. Let go of all that and relax into the run. You need only be as
tense as necessary during running meditation, but I repeat myself.
It probably goes without saying that conserving energy is another great way to
build stamina.
Remember to apply mindfulness when anything distracts you from this tension
clearing process.
No matter how you choose to do running meditation, your mind is going to
relax. Relax into the immediate physical reality. As you relax, you may find that
it’s easier to attune yourself with the surrounding environment. Relax into that
as well.
107
Zen Meditation
Zen has so many different lineages, so there are tons of variations of Zen
techniques. However, Zazen does have a few central principles that seem to
exist in every variant.
Zazen Posture
Posture is very important in Zazen meditation. Zen places a big emphasis on
building a physical foundation for meditation.
The traditional sitting postures are the half lotus and the full lotus. For most
people, I would not recommend either. There are other, semi-traditional postures
as well.
The most important thing to remember about Zazen posture like in all
meditation disciplines is that you keep your back straight.
If you use a cushion, you can sit cross legged in normal sitting meditation style.
Try to make sure your knees are lower than your butt.
I’m sitting in a plastic lawn chair. If you’re doing this in a chair, put both feet
flat on the floor and do not lean back on the chair.
In some lineages, they stand with feet about a shoulder width apart with the toes
pointing slightly outward.
Some practitioners kneel while sitting on their heels/ankles.
Regardless of your posture, you want your tailbone planted firmly. Starting with
your tailbone, stack all vertebrae one on top of another. Work your way all the
way up. Tuck in your chin just a little bit. Your crown should feel like it’s
holding up the sky.
108
Tongue Position
Close your mouth and teeth. Don’t clench tightly. Just relax your mouth.
Point your tongue upward toward the roof of the mouth. Push it back toward the
throat. Give it a good swallow to signal your body not to produce saliva.
Hand Mudra
Face your right palm upward with the four fingers together. Bring it to the point
just below the navel. Point your fingers to the left.
Do the same with your left hand, but point your fingers to the right. Place your
left hand fingers on top of your right hand fingers.
The point of the middle knuckle of the left index finger is resting in the groove
of the middle knuckle of the right index finger.
The point of the middle knuckle of the left middle finger is resting in the groove
of the middle knuckle of the right index finger.
And so on. This is approximate.
Rest hands on your lap in this position. The pinkies are resting on your lap, and
your thumbs still don’t know what the hell they’re doing.
In this position, your thumbs kind of want to meet each other. Gently press the
thumbs together, forming the best circle you can. The “hole” should have some
roundness and integrity to it. It’s a firm circle.
Just relax the hands in this mudra with your lap supporting the pinkies. Nothing
is forced. Relax your shoulder muscles and just let gravity hold the hands in
place.
Zazen Gaze
In Zazen meditation, your eyes are open.
Focus on a point about three feet in front of you. Your eyes may want to close
slightly. Now look down at a 45 degree angle toward the ground. Don’t move
your head to do this. Remember you’re keeping your spine straight.
Your eyes are not open too much and not closed too much. You’re focusing on
nothing in particular.
How to Do Zazen
First, check your posture. Move your upper body from side to side. Find the
sweet spot so that your back feels straight. Let your shoulders and arms relax
instead of fighting gravity.
109
Breathe through the nose. Allow your chest to relax so that your abdomen is
what is moving. It is like your abdomen is filling like a balloon. There is
pressure in all directions on the inhale, including toward the back.
Your focus point is the hara, the point that is a couple finger widths below the
navel and just a little bit toward the inside of the body.
The breath should be nice and easy. Imagine that the hara is pulling or drawing
the breath into itself. It’s doing all the work in your breathing.
Focus on the breath with particular attention on the hara. This is what you are
“falling in love” with. As you become more absorbed in this, your breath may
become longer and deeper.
If it helps you any, you can make the exhale longer than the inhale so that all
breath is pushed out. This will make the inhale very natural.
Mindfulness
Here’s the mindfulness part. Thoughts, emotions and other processes may try to
take you away from Zazen. The only way they can take you away from Zazen is
if you get caught up in your thoughts and follow them.
Don’t do that. Let your thoughts be. Thoughts come and go. Don’t engage them.
Just allow them to be part of your meditation. You are the impartial observer.
They arise and fall like waves on the ocean.
Gently and easily come back to your posture, your hara and your breath. Is your
spine still straight? How’s the circle you’re making with your thumbs?
The hara and the breath are all that exist. If you get distracted again, let the
thoughts and emotions arise and fall again. Then, come back to the hara, breath
and posture.
That was Zazen meditation, the primary Zen meditation technique. For best
results, you want to practice consistently. That means every day, even if you
only have five minutes to do it. Consistency is most important.
Zen Walking Meditation
Traditionally, monks do Zen walking meditation in between Zazen sitting
meditation sessions. The practice is designed to train the practitioner to integrate
meditative awareness into the most mundane activities when they are not on the
cushion.
Walking meditation is something you can do indoors or outdoors. You can try
Kinhin during your next nature hike for a serenity boost.
110
Zen walking meditation begins with a mudra, or hand position. There is more
than one position that is traditionally used. We’ll start with the mudra that seems
more popular.
Shashu Hand Position
Form a fist with your left hand and tuck the first section of your thumb into your
fist. Your first couple of fingers are wrapped around it.
Place your fist on your solar plexus, the sensitive point just under the bottom
ribs. The back of your hand is facing away from your body, and your wrist is
touching your body. Your forearm is parallel to the ground or floor.
Take your right hand finger joints that are closest to the palms, and rest them on
your left knuckles. Your right fingers are pointing to the left and resting on the
back of your left hand. The right fingers and thumbs are together.
Pull your elbows away from the body slightly so that the forearms are parallel
with the floor.
To “lock” your forearms into place, you want to rotate your hands slightly
upward. Find your comfort zone. For some, the right knuckles will be pointing
upward at a 45 degree angle. For others, they will be even more vertical.
With this lock, you should feel like your forearms can easily stay horizontal
without much effort.
Alternative hand position
Place your right hand on your solar plexus with fingers pointing to the left. The
junction where the fingers meet the palm is centered on the solar plexus.
Place your left hand over your right hand with the fingers pointing to the right.
Position it so that you can make a triangle with your thumbs. The thumbs are
barely touching. The fingers of each hand are together with no spaces in
between.
You can use the same lock that you use with the Shashu mudra to keep the
forearms parallel to the floor/ground.
How to Do Zen Walking Meditation (more about it)
Be sure you have space to walk in a fairly good size circle or oval. You probably
want ten feet or more in one direction. 100 feet is also great. For long and
narrow areas, you’ll just need to pivot as efficiently as possible without much
interruption.
1. In a standing position, get into one of the two mudras.
111
2. Stack your vertebrae, one on top of another, all the way up. You will
feel like your chin wants to tuck in a little bit to keep the spine vertical.
3. Look downward at roughly a 45 degree angle. The eyes are not focused
on anything in particular, so let the gaze soften. You will be more focused
on feeling what is going on within.
4. Walk. Put your right foot forward. Land on your heel. Let the ball of
your foot touch the ground, then your toes. Repeat for the other foot. You
want to become increasingly aware of the heel, ball and toe touching the
floor/ground.
5. Pay attention to how you’re breathing. Your awareness is focused
inward. If thoughts come up, just hang with them. It is OK for them to
exist. They are happening in the present moment and should not be
resisted. Then, be absorbed in the feeling of the heel, ball, toes and the
breath.
Some traditions are very gentle and slow. You walk very slowly while focusing
almost entirely on the feeling of your feet making contact with the ground.
Others are more brisk with a faster pace. You just need to experiment to find
your rhythm.
The length of the stride also varies. You may take baby steps or longer strides.
You can also synchronize your breath with your walking. Breathe through the
nose. Lift one foot on the inhale and let it touch the ground on the exhale.
Repeat.
There are many Zen monasteries, each with their own methods. The bottom line
is that you want to become increasingly intimate with the feeling of your feet
making contact with the ground, and you want to be aware of your breath.
Regardless of how deep or shallow your breath is, you want to be present with
it.
In monastic settings, Zen walking meditation is often performed in groups. The
instructions for this are often very formalized.
In groups, practitioners generally form a single file. Some rules require that they
walk in a clockwise circle.
If you want to break away to the bathroom and take a squirt, you typically bow
to the group and do your business. When you want to re-enter the walking
meditation line, you bow again and join the train.
Advanced walking meditation techniques sometimes involve beating each other
with pool sticks. This is only for the seasoned initiates, however. Sounds
strange, but it is Zen after all.
112
There is a small chance that I’m making this part up, although it wouldn’t be all
that surprising if it were true. It’s friggin’ Zen. You’ll just have to look it up.
These are the instructions for the Kinhin Zen walking meditation technique.
Despite the formalities, you may notice that the overall concept is very simple.
You are easing into the experience of the feet touching the ground and the
feeling of the breath.
Practice it alone or with a few of your friends. Ever deepening serenity will
follow.
How long should you meditate?
The answer to the first question is different for everyone, though a big factor is
the amount of experience you have with meditation.
Beginners are told by some teachers that they should start out at a modest two to
five minutes per day just to build a daily habit. As the student becomes used to
the meditation, they can increase the amount of time spent meditating.
There are programs such as Transcendental Meditation that recommend that
everyone, beginners and advanced students alike, spend twenty minutes twice
per day on their practice.
The question of how long to meditate, in my opinion, is trumped by momentum
and consistency. Therefore, how often should you meditate is a more important
question. Five minutes is just fine as long as you practice every day. Each day
builds on the previous day, and the momentum is important. Try to skip as few
days as possible.
If you can slip other calming and centering activities into the down times of your
day, that momentum will be even better.
I like the idea of aiming for one hour per day, even for beginners. If it gets
overwhelming, take breaks during that hour. You can do warm up exercises in
between your five, ten or twenty minute sessions.
Warm ups can include stretching, breathing exercises, walking meditations,
prayer, chant or anything you find calming and centering. This will enhance
your central practice once you go back to it.
Maybe you don’t have one hour per day to spend. 5-20 minutes is fine as long as
you keep a momentum in your practice. An hour is better in most cases.
This all assumes you meditate once per day. Many teachers also recommend that
you meditate twice per day, once in the morning and once at night. If you spend
an hour on it, you can break it into two half hour sessions.
113
Can You Meditate Too Much?
Too much meditation is entirely possible. Meditation opens you to raw
experience. It rewires your brain. It builds gray matter and increases the number
of synapses that your neurons have. This leads to greater communication
between neurons and between the different parts of the brain. There are pitfalls
in this process.
You can liken it to lifting weights. Weight lifters tear their muscles, especially
beginners. They create chaos in that physiological system.
After some rest, that system reorganizes itself to a higher level of functioning.
This comes after some overwhelm.
You need to get the routine right and not overdo it or you can cause some
damage. Giving your torn muscles time to repair themselves is essential.
When you meditate too much, you’re not giving your nervous system time to
reorganize itself in a coherent manner.
Meditation sensitizes you and awakens the brain. You do not want to awaken
too quickly.
Just like in the case of weightlifting, you want to experience some overwhelm.
However, as mentioned, there are limits.
Autobiography of a Yogi author Paramahansa Yogananda used to recommend a
limit of three hours per day in meditation. That is, if my memory serves me
correct. This seems like a good rule of thumb, though it still could be too much
meditation for some.
Keep an eye on yourself. Watch for too many confusing or scary sensations and
thoughts. You may be experiencing too much unresolved emotional material
that meditation brings to the surface of the conscious mind. You may also be
flooding your system with too much sensory and extrasensory information in
general.
Unresolved emotional baggage seeks resolution. An excess amount of this stuff
seeking resolution at one time overwhelms your body mind’s system beyond its
capacity to resolve it.
Watch for excessive spaciness or a sense of ungroundedness in daily life. These
can also be signs of too much meditation.
Having any of these symptoms in small amounts is OK and normal if they soon
pass. However, too much may be a sign that you need to reduce how long you
meditate. In some cases, it could even be an indicator that you should find a
different meditation technique.
114
Don’t cut back how often you meditate if you’re doing it once or twice per day.
Just reduce the time of your sessions. However, there are some cases in which
you may need to take a break from your practice and keep grounded instead.
Almost all good things have some element of danger, and meditation is not
immune to this principle.
Knowing how much to meditate and how often is not that hard. Just keep an eye
on yourself. Meditation is all about doing just that, so you’re a step ahead of the
game.
115
gland, signaling the release or inhibition of key pituitary hormones, which in
turn harmonize and activate pineal gland function.
The pituitary gland has two major lobes, which are distinctly different
embryologically, anatomically, and functionally. Altogether, the pituitary is
about the size of a pea; it sits below the hypothalamus, cradled in the sella
turcica of the sphenoid bone. Because the pituitary is enclosed by the sphenoid,
it is highly sensitive to misalignments or restrictions in the movement of that
bone. If you press your tongue to the roof of your mouth at the soft palate, you
are pressing on the underside of the pituitary.
The hypothalamus communicates with the anterior lobe of the pituitary via
blood vessels, and connects directly with the posterior lobe through the pituitary
stalk or infundibulum. Although the pituitary gland has often been referred to as
the master gland because it appears to control the endocrine system, the
hypothalamus plays a more crucial role in this system than previously thought.
The hypothalamus receives and integrates information from the rest of the body
and then secretes the neurohormones that release or inhibit key pituitary
hormones. By signaling and directing the pituitary, the hypothalamus plays a
critical part in the endocrine system and is important in a larger sense for pineal
gland activation.
116
addition to its high concentrations of CSF and blood, the pineal gland is also the
dominant source of the body’s melatonin.
Melatonin and the Pineal Gland
Melatonin is significant for its effects on our mood, immune function, circadian
rhythms, and the quality and quantity of our sleep. Melatonin is known as an
anti- aging and anti-stress agent because it both suppresses cortisol and is a
powerful antioxidant.
The production of melatonin by the pineal gland is activated by darkness and
inhibited by light. Once released, melatonin circulates through the brain via the
CSF and enters nearby blood vessels for distribution to the rest of the body.
When melatonin levels are disrupted, people can experience mood swings,
depression, and seasonal disorders.
Serotonin and other Consciousness Enhancing Neurochemicals
secreted by the Pineal Gland
In addition to producing melatonin, a healthy, activated pineal gland also
metabolizes other neurochemicals that coordinate physical and emotional
processes on a cellular level. These neurochemicals, including pinoline and
DMT, are said to connect the mind and body. The pineal plays a key role in the
production of these neurochemicals because it has one of the highest
concentrations of serotonin in the body, and serotonin is a critical precursor to
them.
Spiritual Aspects of the Pineal Gland
Given its important role, it is not surprising that a healthy, activated pineal gland
has been connected with spirituality for millennia. Its pinecone shape is found in
art and artefacts of many ancient traditions, where it is associated with
enlightenment and immortality. Ancient Egyptians revered this tiny gland and
even preserved it separately during the process of mummification.
With its spines and spirals, the pinecone illustrates a perfect Fibonacci
sequence—symbolizing growth and the unifying force that underlies creation,
all embodied in an activated pineal gland.
The Pineal Gland: Key to Opening the Third Eye
Spiritual traditions associate and activate pineal gland with the opening of the
third eye of inner vision, insight, and wisdom. Scientific research is beginning to
validate the relationship between the pineal gland and vision: comparative
research into the anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry of the pineal gland and
the retina across a wide range of animal species suggests that the two organs
117
share evolutionary and developmental paths. Modern living fossils such as the
tuatara have a photosensitive pineal eye with a rudimentary lens, cornea, and
retina. Other species such as frogs and lampreys also have pineal eyes. In
humans, pineal cells resemble retinal cells in composition and in the presence of
proteins not found elsewhere in the body. Pineal light sensitivity is common
across diverse species and in humans is connected with the opening of the third
eye.
Melatonin and the Spirit Molecules
In terms of spiritual experience, melatonin quiets the body and mind, allowing
access to higher consciousness. Both pinoline and DMT, secreted by a healthy,
activated pineal gland, are psychoactive, causing changes in perception, mood,
consciousness, cognition, and behavior. Pinoline enables visions and dream
states in the conscious mind and has been used by ancient Egyptians and
Zoroastrians in their rituals. It assists in DNA replication and is said to resonate
with the pulse of life at ~8 cycles per second.
DMT is produced in the pineal gland during deep meditation and extraordinary
conditions of birth, sexual ecstasy, extreme physical stress, and near-death
experiences. It also alters our dream consciousness when it is released into the
bloodstream during the Rapid Eye Movement phase of sleep. DMT links the
body and spirit because of its relationship to -visionary experiences and non-
ordinary states of transcendent consciousness. Dr. Rick Strassman calls DMT
the Spirit Molecule.
The Pineal Gland and Vibration
The activated pineal gland can also influence our experience through vibration.
As we saw earlier with the heart, rhythmic vibrations can have a powerful effect
on our cognition, emotions, and physical state. We know this intuitively, and we
experience it directly when we sense the effects that music has our mood,
memory, and physiology. In the early 1980s, the French musician Fabien
Maman researched the effect of sound vibrations on cells; he found that sounds
can destroy cancer cells and invigorate healthy ones. Today, it is common for
parents to play classical music to stimulate brain development in their children
before and after birth.
Rhythm entrainment, also called resonance, happens when two wave forms
begin to oscillate together at exactly the same rate. When the hypothalamus and
pituitary entrain with the pulsing vibration of the pineal gland, our whole system
can shift toward harmony.
Daoists believe that the North Star is the source of the original pulse. Vibrations
from this star were crucial in the evolution of the first forms of life on Earth. It is
118
said that Earth’s ability to support life is related to the planet’s tilt toward the
North Star (rather than being oriented directly toward the sun). This orientation
maximizes the habitable surface and optimizes the environment for plant and
animal life. Because of the North Star’s strong power and influence, many Qi
Gong exercises intentionally connect with the North Star. According to Daoists,
the North Star emits pulsing vibrations which affect and activate the pineal
gland. When the pineal gland pulses in synchrony with the North Star, it
receives cosmic information and relays it to the hypothalamus and pituitary
through resonance. In turn, they send messages to the heart which communicates
with the rest of the body through its own electromagnetic pulsing.
Magnetic Fields and the Pineal Gland
Besides being sensitive to light and vibration, the pineal gland activates in part
due to exposure to magnetic fields. Studies with birds and other animals
conclude that the pineal gland monitors magnetic fields and assists the body in
-orienting in space, by acting as a navigational centre. This magneto-receptive
capacity also explains why geomagnetic storms and environmental stress can
affect the pineal gland, leading to problems with circadian rhythms and
melatonin secretion.
As we discussed earlier, the heart generates a strong electromagnetic field that
permeates the whole body. When the heart is activated with the high frequencies
of love and compassion, its electromagnetic field is amplified and expanded.
The pineal gland’s sensitivity to electromagnetic energy causes it to begin
vibrating and activating in concert with the heart. As these two organs entrain
together, their high vibration opens the third eye to greater inspiration, intuition,
and inner vision. Because of the pineal gland’s connection with spatial
orientation and circadian rhythms, our perception of space and time often shifts
when the pineal is in a highly aroused state. Such experiences have been
mentioned by meditators and Chi Kung practitioners for millennia, and research
is now providing explanations for these phenomena.
The Crystal Palace - Hypothalamus, Pituitary, and Pineal
In Daoist practices, the region of the brain bounded by the pineal, the pituitary,
and hypothalamus glands is called the Crystal Palace. The Crystal Palace sits
between the left and right hemispheres of the brain and between the forebrain of
reason and the hind brain of instinct. Many meditation practices mention the
Crystal Palace, but some people have difficulty sensing it because these
structures are inside the skull and cannot be touched directly.
However, with a little practice, it is simple to connect with and activate these
spiritual glands through our awareness and intention. The location of the pineal
gland is often described as the centre of the head—it is at the level of the
119
eyebrows, above and behind the pituitary and hypothalamus. Behind the eyes,
the optic nerves cross at the optic chiasm. Below the optic chiasm is the pituitary
gland, which sits in the sella turcica of the sphenoid. Above and behind the optic
chiasm is the hypothalamus.
The Pineal Gland and its Relationship with Light
All three glands of the Crystal Palace are extremely sensitive and responsive to
light. Prior to 2002, science was aware of two forms of light receptors in the
eye: cones (for colour vision) and rods (for low light vision). In 2002, however,
scientists discovered a third -photoreceptor: cells in the retina that contain a
light-sensitive pigment called melanopsin. These cells send messages to the
suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) of the hypothalamus. The SCN is responsible
for controlling circadian rhythms, which influence our sleep, alertness,
hormones, temperature, and digestive functions.
When the hypothalamus receives information about the presence or absence of
light, it signals the pineal gland to activate and to start or inhibit cortisol and
melatonin production. Variation in melatonin levels causes a cascade of changes
in the SCN, pituitary, and retina. The pituitary also responds to light through its
release of vasopressin, which influences the SCN to adjust our circadian clock.
In addition to the light detected by our eyes, studies now show that the whole
body acts as a light receptor. Light shining on any part of the body can be
detected, signalling the SCN and pineal gland to shut down melatonin
production. Because there is so much ambient light these days, our systems
rarely receive the deep relaxation that occurs in total darkness. Many people find
that removing light sources from the bedroom can be helpful in optimizing sleep
cycles, improving general health and powerfully stimulating pineal gland
activation and rebalancing.
Qi Gong Practices for Activating the Pineal Gland and
Harmonizing the Crystal Palace
Many Chi Kung (also known as Qi Gong) practices contain simple elements like
breathing or tapping that can be used to activate the bones and glands of the
Crystal Palace.
1. Breathing
Various breath practices move the pumps, activating the pineal and
pituitary glands as well as stimulating the flow of cerebrospinal fluid.
Breathing is said to ionize the CSF and therefore increase its potency.
120
2. Tapping
Gently tapping your forehead in between your eyebrows activates the
pineal gland and all three structures of the Crystal Palace. The vibration
sends a wave directly back to the pineal gland, activating it in the process.
The same vibration also moves through the bones to the sphenoid, which
in turn stimulates the pituitary gland that rests in the sella -turcica. The
vibration of the pituitary awakens the hypothalamus through the pituitary
stalk.
3. Toning
Toning or chanting sends vibrations into the Crystal Palace, activating the
pineal and other glands and energizing the CSF. Chanting the eight forces
of the pakua to draw in elemental energies is an exceptionally powerful
exercise for activating the Crystal Palace.
4. Pressing
Pressing your tongue to the roof of your mouth activates the pituitary
gland and, through its physical and chemical connections, activated the
pineal gland and hypothalamus as well.
5. Squeezing
When we squeeze our eyes, the muscular connection with the sphenoid
activates the pituitary. Sucking in our cheeks moves the jaw, which
stimulates the neck and cranial pumps. Contracting the anal sphincter and
perineum sends vibrations to the muscles that envelop the anus and form
the pelvic floor. From the pelvis, the vibration then travels up the spine
and dural tube to the occiput. The intracranial membrane system transfers
the vibration to the center of the head, activating the pineal and pituitary
glands.
6. Spiralling
Spiralling movements such as spinning the pakua, the Tai Chi symbol, or
our Dantians creates an electromagnetic field that energizes the CSF and
enhances the power of the heart field, thereby activating the pineal gland
and other glands of the Crystal Palace.
7. Being in Darkness
Darkness triggers increased production and release of melatonin, and
eventually of pinoline and DMT as a result of its effect of activating the
pineal gland and helping to stimulate function of and open the third eye.
121
8. Laughing and Smiling
Smiling opens both the heart and the crown, allowing more light to
penetrate while also increasing the vibration of the organs. Laughing and
smiling reduce stress and relax the body, which increases the flow of chi.
Laughter also triggers the release of endorphins, promoting feelings of
well-being. Relaxation increases blood flow, which amplifies the effects
of the hormones released in the Crystal Palace and has an effect of pineal
gland activation.
9. Focusing
Since energy flows where our attention goes, bringing our attention to the
structures of the Crystal Palace will activate them.
Note: The Tao also emphasizes the importance of good diet and hydration. We
are 70–80 percent water, and water is highly conductive. To increase the
activation of the pineal gland and the Crystal Palace, sufficient hydration is
critical. Additionally, a good, balanced diet high in tryptophan is helpful in
providing the building blocks for these important biochemicals. Tryptophan is
plentiful in many foods including chocolate, seaweed, almonds, bananas, dried
dates, sesame seeds, chickpeas, and peanuts.
Spinal Cord Breathing: The Ultimate Practice for Spiritual Activation and
Awakening
Chi Kung through the Eyes of Craniosacral Science
To understand how profound these Chi Kung practices are and how they kindle
a natural spiritual experience and pineal gland activation without the use of
substances, herbs and other less organic methods, let us look at what happens
with the Spinal Cord Breathing exercise we will be introducing further on in this
article.
As we practice Spinal Cord Breathing, the rhythmic pulsing of the spinal cord
creates an electromagnetic field that charges the cerebrospinal fluid and
enhances the circulation of this important fluid throughout the body, resulting in
pineal gland activation. Increased flow shifts the electrolyte balance, the means
by which the CSF regulates the body’s ability to conduct electricity. The greater
the conductivity, the more energy can flow through the nervous system,
charging the cells and priming them for activation. Any psychoactive substances
(such as DMT) that are released by the activated pineal gland also enter into the
CSF, charging it even further.
In Spinal Cord Breathing, the movement of the sacrum transfers vibration up the
spine and to the occiput through the dural tube. Connected with the occiput at
122
the sphenobasilar joint (SBJ), the sphenoid also begins to vibrate, stimulating
the pituitary. At the same time, the rocking wavelike movement of the pituitary
stalk activates the hypothalamus and milks the pituitary gland, which as we
know is connected to the health and activation of the pineal gland. The milking
of the pituitary releases more oxytocin and vasopressin, which heighten feelings
of trust, relaxation, peace, and empathy while reducing fear, anxiety, and
aggression.
The pituitary gland is located above the sphenoid sinus, which drains almost
directly down the throat. During high levels of excitement, CSF may be excreted
into the sphenoid sinus. Here, vasopressin and oxytocin mix with the already
highly charged CSF and drip down into the throat, giving us the nectar
(frequently referred to as Soma) that is often described in spiritual experiences.
Both vasopressin and oxytocin are critical hormones during the birth process;
their presence in the nectar may contribute to birth-like experiences. The effects
of these hormones on bonding may also explain the feeling of deep connection
and unconditional love that is part of many enlightenment experiences.
This potent brew travels down the back of the throat and into the stomach,
where it is absorbed directly through the mucous membranes. Some of this fluid
also enters the bloodstream later in the digestive process. In this way, the nectar
is brought to the lower Dantian for integration into the physical body, uniting
heaven and earth.
During spiritual experiences, the activated pineal gland affects the rest of the
brain through its influence on CSF, which completely immerses both the brain
and the spinal cord. After bathing the brain, approximately half of the CSF gets
reabsorbed into the bloodstream in the head. The other half leaves the head
through lymphatic drainage. From the lymph, the supercharged CSF enters the
body’s bloodstream and is carried to the heart. Blood flows through the heart
and vessels in a spiral motion, boosting the CSF’s electromagnetic charge.
These neural, biochemical, and electromagnetic connections between the brain
and heart may lead to ecstatic heart-mind expanding sensations.
The heart field is the strongest electromagnetic field of the body: when
consciousness moves from the head to the heart, the field becomes stronger and
more organized. When the head resonates with the heart’s vibration, neurons in
the brain fire differently, reducing mind chatter, increasing the communication
between mind and body and inducing further pineal gland activation. Thus,
during spiritual experiences, the liquid-light ambrosia of the CSF is active in all
three Dantians, enhancing their powers. Because the pineal gland is itself bathed
in CSF, there can be a self-amplifying positive feedback loop that creates peak
experiences. Moreover, since the heart field extends and can be felt at least ten
123
feet from the body, our experiences also have the potential for a ripple effect to
our communities.
Lights and Music
Research by neurosurgeon Wilder Penfield reported in 1958 that stimulation of
the right temporal lobe of the brain led to patients reporting spiritual experiences
such as seeing God, leaving their bodies, hearing music, and seeing the dead.
Since then, studies by Peter Fenwick and Vernon Neppe also show connections
between mystical experiences and the temporal lobes. Although the exact
mechanism by which the temporals are stimulated is not yet known, it may be
that the CSF present in the interpeduncular cistern situated between the temporal
lobes may be involved.
A structure called the colliculus helps to orient the head to what is seen or heard.
It receives visual and auditory stimuli and has sensorimotor connections to assist
with orienting movement. It surrounds the pineal gland and is activated by its
secretions. As the pineal awakens, releasing biochemicals such as serotonin,
tryptamine, pinoline, melatonin, or DMT, it affects the colliculus, which can
explain some of the lights, visions, and celestial music that people report when
the third eye is open and the Crystal Palace is active.
Awakening the Core Link between the Cranium and Sacrum
Earlier we mentioned the soft tissue dura mater connection between the cranium
and the sacrum—the Core Link. For good flow in the physical body, there must
be good connection and communication between heaven (the cranium) and earth
(the sacrum). Spinal Cord Breathing is one of the best ways to awaken this
connection and keep it healthy and also has the added effect of inducing pineal
gland activation.
Spinal Cord Breathing enlivens the spine, promotes good range of motion and
flexibility, activates the cranial and sacral pumps, and enhances the flow of
cerebral spinal fluid, which in turn stimulates pineal gland activation. It also
helps to relax the back muscles so meditation is comfortable, and increases the
flow of chi through the spine.
In modern life, many people work at a desk and sit for many hours a day.
Additionally, many people also sit watching television or playing on the internet
once they are home. So much sitting hinders the motion of the sacrum and
reduces Flow. Spinal Cord Breathing is a great way to counteract the ill effects
of prolonged sitting.
U Spinal Cord Breathing
1. Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart and your knees slightly bent.
124
2. Relax, and begin to notice how you feel.
3. Begin natural breathing.
4. On your next inhalation, keeping your elbows bent and your fingers toward
the sky, bring your arms level with your shoulders and pulled slightly back.
Gently tilt your sacrum backward, arching your spine. Open your chest and
allow the rib cage to expand, activating the thymus and adrenal glands. Allow
your head to drop backward and allow your jaw to soften.
5. As you exhale, tilt your sacrum forward, tucking your tailbone and rounding
your spine as if curling into a ball. Bring your elbows together in front of your
chest, and let your chin drop toward your chest as you lightly clench your teeth.
6. Repeat 9 or 18 times, then return your head and spine to neutral and rest.
128
Witnessing or ecstasy are not spiritual enlightenment
As you meditate, you will experience various states of consciousness -- and
again and again you will think: "Ah! This is IT!". It may be Pure Being or
ecstatic oceans of love, peace or bliss. These states may be flashes or they may
hang on for days or weeks. But they will eventually go away as long as the
identification mechanism is intact and you haven't removed the basic I-ness. So,
how do you break the identification mechanism? The only way is to merge with
the Self. This means you will have to meditate every day. Just going about your
everyday life trying to be in the now, Eckhart Tolle-style, will simply not do, for
this will never make the basic I-ness vanish. At best it will put you in temporary
states of witnessing, but this is so far removed from Self-realization, that it is
barely worth mentioning.
Oneness with the Self can be so complete that you lose consciousness
(Nirvikalpa Samadhi). When you come out of this Samadhi, you will realize that
something is very different and you will feel great joy. One day you will come
out of Nirvikalpa Samadhi, regain consciousness and discover there is no longer
an ego to come back to. When this happened to me some years ago, I did not
even know my name, age or date for a whole day. In fact, I didn't even know I
did not know, until someone asked me what my name was and how old I was,
and I could not even answer. Fortunately personality and personal history
returned, but I-ness never returned and the identification mechanism was gone.
This state of freedom comes in an instant. It is either there or it is not; there is no
in-between. You are not more or less free; that is not how it works. But when
freedom comes, it may not be dramatic and can even be so subtle, you don't
notice what really happened until much later, when the fact can't be denied
anymore.
Self-realization. Nothingness-being. Freedom. Pure Being
Self-realization is a state of total freedom from the small I where even the primal
I-ness has gone (and the witness in witnessing is gone). We call this stage Self-
realization because here the I-ness (and the identification mechanism which
depends upon I-ness) is gone and you have attained oneness with the Self as
pure being. Here there is no longer a sense of being nobody or being nothing.
There simply is pure being. There is no point of awareness, for pure being is
awareness without a source. In witnessing there is still a sense of being an
awareness. One is not (yet) blissful. In its purity it is a peaceful state, but when
you move on it can get very complicated. It takes a long time to bring IT into
manifestation in everyday living. In other words, you have attained a state of
freedom, but not yet found the love-peace-bliss. You have stepped out of
illusion and into pure being, but not yet into recognizing this pure being in
everything around you. When the Self recognizes the Self in everything it is
129
love, peace, bliss. But in pure Self-realization, such a recognition is not (yet)
present. Here there is non-duality in the Self, but duality between inner and
outer (unmanifest and manifest).
Plain Self-realization is the death of the small self that was produced by
identification with something that is not Self. But the personality does not
vanish, it's just not you anymore. Some say the ego has to go away; that is a
matter of definition: if you maintain the personality is the ego, then the ego will
remain, if you maintain the ego is the sense of I (I-ness), then yes, ego will
vanish.
From Pure Being to non-dual love-peace-bliss
Once you are free of I-ness and identification, it is Self-realization. This does
not mean you have got rid of the small self; you have just got out of it by
merging with the Self. In fact the small self will feel all the more present as an
empty shell and you will probably want to work hard to get rid of it.
If you have not experienced any love-peace-bliss at this point, you will probably
be quite content with this state and live happily in it for many years. If, however,
you have experienced supreme love-peace-bliss, you will feel an emptiness and
a very strong longing to merge with the supreme love-peace-bliss. You may
project this longing for supreme love-bliss onto the Supreme and thus long
intensely for the Universal Mind, but in reality it is a longing for the supreme
love-peace-bliss of the Self. Of course, at this point "Divine Mind, the Supreme"
has a completely different meaning than ever before, but that is a little difficult
to put into words here.
At this stage, if you want to move on, you simply have to awaken and arouse
kundalini and merge into oneness with Shakti on all levels of consciousness and
also of the body. When kundalini reaches the heart, you will overflow with love,
when it reaches the brain, you will be one with love-peace-bliss and will
recognize the Self in everything.
Dark Night of the Soul
The period of transformation from pure nothingness-being to non-dual love,
peace, bliss can last a long time and cause many frustrations. It is the real Dark
Night of the Soul. I lived in this state 23 years and suffered a lot because of it --
also because nobody could tell me, what was going on and nobody respected my
state and I was very lonely in a spiritual sense. So there was a lot of social
frustration and loneliness. Ironically you are also free from suffering since you
are no longer identified with the sufferer. You are of course a permanent
witness, much as in the witness-state, though now there is no sense of being a
witness.
130
Basically this phase is a period where the consciousness, you have stepped out
of, disintegrates and become transparent. The goal is non-duality with respect to
inner and outer, and in order to reach that, anything that hinders the Self from
recognizing the Self in everything else, must dissolve. Here kundalini is your
greatest ally. Some may fear kundalini because it to them at first seems to be a
destructive energy. But what it destroys is ignorance, and as its process
progresses, kundalini will manifest as love-bliss. When kundalini finally settles
in the brain, you will be living in perpetual love-peace-bliss and realize this to
be the Self.
Self-recognition. Love-peace-bliss
In the primal stage you have pure being which is empty and is not yet realized as
what it is: pure bliss (sat-chit-ananda). Second stage begins to unfold only after
kundalini has awakened. It is not possible to attain supreme love-peace-bliss
without arousing kundalini and merging it in the brain. A major part of kundalini
has to reach the brain and stay there for good by merging with the Self. This
means you need to develop and purify kundalini's passage up to the brain. Once
kundalini settles in the brain, then the remaining unfoldment will go on by itself
and there is no need for meditation. This is a state of perpetual bliss. You never
lose the bliss, though it may wax and wane for various reasons. You don't even
loose it while sleeping..
In this stage of Self-realization, you see the supreme Self in everything and this
recognition is non-dual love, peace, bliss. It is non-dual because the Self within,
the recognition and the Self without are the same. This unity, we know, is love,
peace, bliss.
Now, since some karma is intact, there is still a personality hanging around,
though you know it is not you of course. You will, after Self-realization, observe
the personality do some strange and silly things and react in ways, that may
seem unworthy of love-peace-bliss. That is just karma unfolding and part of the
process of the final breakdown of residual "ignorance". As that process goes on,
the love-peace-bliss takes you over completely. Later love, peace, bliss may
temporarily recede to the background because some transformation is going on
inside. So even at this stage love, peace, bliss is not stable.
Just as suddenly as freedom from the small “self” came about and I-ness
vanished, you will suddenly find your kundalini does not leave the brain and you
are constantly in a state of love-bliss. This can come as a major breakthrough or
it can come rather unnoticed since kundalini may have been in the brain most of
the time anyway, so you will only realize after some time that it is a permanent
change. But one thing will not go unnoticed, and that is the flash of energy in the
brain as kundalini makes the brain its new abode. You will feel the crown
131
chakra opening and as if a million bubbles are exploding inside the brain. And
most importantly you will feel like the brain dissolves into Shakti. When you
open your eyes after that meditation, you will see the Self in everything around
you. So it comes in a flash, but since you may be so used to love-bliss by now,
and so used to losing it again, you may expect to lose this also. But one sweet
day, it will not leave you anymore.
In fact, what is Shakti do you remember?
In Hindu philosophy Shakti is represented as the consort of Shiva, Shakti is
inseparable from Shiva. It could be said that Shiva is the universe, Shakti is the
living intelligence embedded within the universe. It is the work of Shakti to
awaken Kundalini and guide the kundalini through the chakras to its final goal
by its own perfect means.
It is said that Shakti looks after the new initiate as if it were the initiates mother.
In the path of Shaktipat, Shakti is often referred to as “Mother Shakti” or “Mata
Shakti”. The new initiate will experience what this means for themselves. Shakti
is a conscious, self-directing force that is the intelligence of nature. Indeed, all
natures manifestations, be they a blade of grass, a leaf, flower, plant or the
universe itself are all manifestations of Shakti, either involved within form or
manifest as the self-directing life principle. Shakti controls prana and directs it
to its purpose.
What is Shaktipat Diksha in the Hindu Tradition?
Shaktipat Diksha is the transmission of a living intelligent force from Initiator to
Candidate. “Shakti” is the conscious, living, intelligent force. “Pat” means to
transfer or pass down. “Diksha” means to initiate so “Shaktipat Diksha” is the
passing or transmitting of a conscious living force or energy from initiator to
initiate. This is exactly what is said of an apostolic consecration we talked about
earlier, from an apostle of the apostolic age through Catholic or Orthodox
bishops to newly consecrated bishops up to this day.
Shaktipat awakens the dormant energy of Kundalini and directs its ascent
through the chakras. The process is wholly automatic, the initiate does not need
to learn any method to control the kundalini or direct it to a particular chakra.
This is the immense benefit of Shaktipat.
Due to the effects of Shaktipat the workings of Kundalini may sometimes be felt
throughout the entire nervous system all of the day and night, depending on the
function it is performing at that particular time. In Hindu teachings there are
other types of “diksha’s” or initiations, these are formalities in religious
ceremonies and should not be confused with Shaktipat Diksha.
132
What Shaktipat is not?
Shaktipat is the transmission of a conscious, living, intelligent force that is self-
directing and operates wholly independent of both the initiators and initiates
mind. Shakti is not a blind energy that is wilfully directed here or there. Healing
practices or ‘energy work’ that use consciously directed Chi or Prana should not
be confused with Shaktipat.
There are many offers of “Shaktipat”, for fee, donations or among the sincere
gurus for free, both on and off the web. One should be careful as to whether it is
truly Shaktipat or prana transmissions that are being offered, in the majority of
cases it is prana transmissions and not Shaktipat. One famous (deceased) guru
offered Shaktipat but had himself never received Diksha. In the years gone by, I
even knew someone who invented “Egyptian Healing.”
What is Diksha?
Diksha (Sanskrit: दीक्षा in Devanagari, dīkṣā, Tamil: தீட்சை) also spelled
deeksha or deeksa in common usage, translated as a "preparation or consecration
for a religious ceremony", is giving of a mantra or an initiation by the guru in
Indian religions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism. Diksa is given in a
one-to-one ceremony, and typically includes the taking on of a serious spiritual
discipline. The word is derived from the Sanskrit root dā ("to give") plus kṣi ("to
destroy") or alternately from the verb root dīkṣ ("to consecrate"). When the mind
of the guru and the disciple become one, then we say that the disciple has been
initiated by the guru.
Diksa can be of various types, through the teacher's sight, touch, or word, with
the purpose of purifying the disciple or student. Initiation by touch is called
sparśa dīkṣā. The bestowing of divine grace through diksa is sometimes called
śaktipāt.
What's the difference between Shaktipat and Prana transmission?
Shaktipat is easily confused with prana transmissions, as is evident across the
web. To put it in easily understandable terms prana is like a powerful blind man
whilst Shakti is his guide. Prana is subtle energy that can be focused by anyone,
the more training one has the more intense the prana transmission
is. Channelling and conveying prana can be useful in itself and can boost
spiritual development at certain times on certain occasions, with certain
practices, but its uses are limited and it eventually dissipates.
Shakti, on the other hand works within the recipient directing prana to where it
needs to go. Shakti does this when the initiate is waking, dreaming or in deep
sleep, time is no barrier to the effects of Shakti. It is as if a guru were installed
133
within the subtle body of its recipient and it undertakes specific tasks by
directing prana, on behalf of the initiate with the same intelligence that produced
nature and the universe. It does not dissipate (unless the initiate ignores both
Shakti and its processes) but grows stronger with time. It seems, in years to
come Shakti grows stronger and stronger whilst prana transmissions have long
been forgotten.
Who can give the kind of Initiation?
Shaktipat can be likened to one lighted candle lighting an unlit candle. The lit
candle flame loses nothing by lighting the second candle making it like itself.
One who has yet to light their own candle cannot light another. Many people
imagine that all gurus use Shaktipat initiation to assist their students (Sadhaks),
this is not the case. Most gurus have their own well developed path and lineage.
They may use prana transmissions to assist their Sadhaks but if they themselves
were not initiated into Shaktipat Diksha they are unable to offer it to their own
Sadhaks.
Like in an Apostolic Succession, the initiator must have been previously
initiated by someone who has also undergone the same initiation process. It is
impossible for initiation to take place otherwise. Shakti can only be successfully
transmitted when the initiators Kundalini has been sufficiently aroused and
stabilized. This can be a relatively short period or it could take many years
depending on the initiates progression.
However, Shaktipat is not to be compared an apostolic succession consecration.
No. real Shaktipat initiation can in any way be associated with any lineage,
religion, cult or organization.
The usual view of Shaktipat is that Shakti is the Sat-Guru, the inner teacher and
the source of the initiates experiences, not the initiator. Of course, it is part of an
initiated sincere work to offer advice, encouragement and support not only on
the spiritual aspect of meditation but also the transcendental aspect too where
necessary.
Shaktipat is no religion
Shaktipat is the path of experience, not theory, dogma or religion, as for
meditation you are not required to believe in anything. Kundalini awakening
occurs in initiation regardless of whatever beliefs are held. Shakti and Shaktipat
are to be experienced in the privacy of one’s own practice, not believed. Your
earnest and persevering meditation Shaktipat can also be experienced. This is
my view.
134
Shaktipat is not a form of possession
Definitely not, though it can sometimes appear as such. Shaktipat Diksha is the
transmission of a conscious living force, it is not an entity. It’s job is to awaken
and guide the Kundalini within that is most intimately ‘ourselves’, more
‘ourselves’ than the vagaries of mind. However, be sincere, who can tell that a
transmission has taken place. An imposition of hands is one thing, but further
spiritual development is another. Take Shaktipat Diksha as a start, not an end.
136
Helps with communication between the left and right hemispheres of the
brain.
Increase in theta and delta brainwaves (leading to relaxation).
Helps us reach higher states of consciousness
Helps us reach Samadhi
The Gheranda Samhita declares that one who masters Shambhavia mudra
becomes equal to Lord Siva, Vishnu and Brahma.
Strengthens eye muscles (this is actually one of my personal favourite
advantages of the Shambhavia mudra).
Activates Ajna chakra
Helps us awaken
The Physical level of Shambhavia
In the same way that Yogis noticed the other bandhas and mudras occurring
spontaneously throughout their body as their mind began to awaken, they also
observed how, when they entered a deep state of meditation, their eyes would
naturally roll up and in towards the centre of their forehead. It seems that this
natural movement of the eyes, in response to the mind entering deeper states of
awareness and expansion, has the effect of bringing the two hemispheres of the
brain into harmony with each other, creating a unity and synergy between all
parts of the brain.
With this understanding of Shambhavia mudra, it’s interesting to see how an
awakened mind is often symbolised by closed eyes turned up towards a single,
opened eye in the centre of the forehead. Symbolically, this represents the
neurological integrative affect Shambhavia has upon the brain, and the
subsequent awareness of unity and oneness that arises in the mind.
137
in regular meditation. You should be see your eyebrows as a V shape,
with your gaze fixed in the middle of the V.
3. While maintaining this focus, chant OM. Meditate on the sound of OM
reverberating around the spot you are gazing at.
4. Do not strain your eyes. They should be relaxed at all times.
5. Continue for five minutes.
6. Close your eyes but keep your gaze on that same spot in the middle of the
eyebrows.
7. Chant OM slowly while meditating on the sound.
8. Begin to make each individual OM last longer. You should be breathing
deep through your nose.
9. Continue for five minutes.
The effects of this practice, although happening mostly in the background,
manifest in a specific way. Over time, as the eye position of Shambhavia
integrates the brain’s hemispheres and begins to stimulate and activate specific
areas of the brain, the practitioner begins to see a light in the centre of his/her
forehead. The longer the practice is used, the stronger the new neurological
connections become. The effect of this neurological strengthening is a growing
intensity in the brightness of the inner light in the head.
Integration
When we integrate Shambhavia mudra into our bandha and meditative practices
we are greatly enhancing their effects on the awakening body and mind.
Eventually, when we practice our meditation in conjunction with Shambhavia,
the mind becomes completely absorbed in the light in the head. When we reach
this point in our practice, the mind expands and we see ourselves in everything
and everything in us.
Infusing the Mind with Love, Peace and Bliss
For the most part people tend to approach life either from a rational, intellectual
level or an intuitive, emotional level. It’s rare to find a fully integrated person
capable of living life and seeing the world from both perspectives,
simultaneously feeling, intuiting and rationalising what they see and do. This is
because for most of us there’s a clash between the heart and mind. Yet there
doesn’t have to be a clash, we don’t have to choose the heart or the mind. As
humans, we’re capable of integrating the rational and the emotional centres of
being, and when we do, an entirely new perspective begins to develop, and a
new type of intelligence emerges. This is Yoga, a process of joining together
138
and integrating all aspects of our being, a process that happens on a
psychological, physiological and energetic level.
Although there are many methods used to integrate our mental and emotional
states of being, those ingenious yogis of the past, using their reverse engineering
insights gleaned from lifetimes of meditative practice, developed a very simple
technique. This technique, capable of building a bridge between heart and mind,
is called Jalandhara Bandha.
Practice
1. Sitting in a relaxed posture, begin by focusing on your breath.
2. As you inhale, tilt your head forward, allowing your chin to drop down
onto your chest or as close to it as feels comfortable.
3. As you exhale, slowly lift your head and tilt it backwards.
4. Continue in this way for ten breaths. Then relax. Slowly increase the
length of time spent doing this exercise and make sure not to move your
head too fast as you can damage your neck if you do.
Energetically, Jalandhara Bandha is said to seal the upward flowing prana and
reverse its flow in the body, sending it down into the heart. This is an important
aspect of yogic theory. Using the language of energy, yogis say, when the
upward flowing energy and the downward flowing energy reverse their
direction, they fuse together. When these two energies fuse, a third energy is
created, that energy is known as kundalini. As kundalini rises, the mind expands
into Samadhi. When Jalandhara is integrated with the other bandhas, we create
this reverse flow.
Neurologically, Jalandhara stimulates the nerves of the heart and throat, and
lights up the frontal lobes and emotional centres in the brain, while on a more
physical body level, moving the head in this way increases the pumping action
of the other bandhas on the cerebrospinal fluid, further sharpening and clearing
the mind while detoxing the brain.
Integrated practice
As you breathe in, apply Mula Bandha, Uddiyana Bandha, and Jalandhara
Bandha.
As you breathe out, release all three Bandhas. Continue in this way for ten
breaths. Increase the number of breaths slowly. This practice has much deeper
effects than are immediately obvious.
139
Personal experience
My own experience of Jalandhara Bandha was a little uncomfortable, as all of
these spontaneous things tend to be. I woke up one morning with a stiff neck.
Initially I thought it was caused by a draft in the room or a bad sleeping position.
So I got up and went to work. I sat down to begin my workday, and over the
period of about half an hour I noticed my neck becoming increasingly tense.
Eventually it got to the point where I couldn’t even turn my head. So I went
home sick and got into bed. And that’s where I spent the next three days, lying
there, in complete stillness. On the third day, I woke up and all the tension in my
neck had completely disappeared. It was the morning of that third day, after a
short breathing and meditative practice that I had my first kundalini awakening,
the awakening. This points out, once more, that you do not need a guru realised
or not to develop Shaktipat Diksha. Through persistent meditation you are
developing your inner powers or faculties.
Awakening the Serpent Fire
Kundalini (coiled serpent) is the spiritual power that, in most people, lays
dormant at the base of the spine. When she awakens, she makes her way up
through the spiritual centres, called chakras, until she reaches the highest
spiritual centre, the sahasrara chakra, where she unites with her consort, Shiva.
As Kundalini and Shiva unite, the Sadhak (spiritual aspirant) enters a deep
meditative trance where he/she becomes one with the universe.
The path of kundalini, also called the path of fire, is filled with many dangers
and for that reason is only suited for certain Sadhaks (spiritual aspirants). If
Kundalini rises through the wrong channel, even though various siddhis (yogi
powers) arise, many physical and mental illnesses manifest in the practitioner,
sometimes ending in death.
What follows is my story of how Kundalini woke me up to the world.
The Awakening
Some sixteen years ago, in late Winter, I had just finished my morning practices,
which consisted of breathing and meditation. As I sat strait to allow the energy
generated by my practices flow through me, a sudden panic set in as I realised
my body was completely paralysed. No matter how hard I tried, I couldn’t even
move my eyes; every part of me was frozen.
Soon after the paralyses set in, I began to feel something moving just beneath
the surface of my skin. It felt like dozens of worms wriggling and moving
upwards, starting in my lower legs and making their way towards my upper
thighs and sacrum (tail bone). As they progressed up my legs, they grow in size
and reduced in number, as if they were merging into one.
140
My dying breath
Once the worms, which were more like two snakes at this stage, reached my
upper legs, they merged into one large snake. This powerful snake entered my
sacrum and began moving up my spinal column, one vertebrae at a time. As she
moved through my spine, each vertebrae she moved through, completely
disintegrated.
As the snake ascended, I became increasingly panicked. And by the time she
reached the level of my heart, I thought I was going to die. At this point, I
completely surrendered to the process; I accepted my impending (as it were)
death.
Once I accepted my death, the process became much smoother and almost
enjoyable, although still scarier than anything else I had ever experienced.
As she moved into my chest, she forced her way into my heart, which felt as if it
exploded into a billion pieces. As this happened, I released a deep sigh, after
which my breathing became completely suspended. I thought it was my dying
breath, but strangely, I was still conscious, still existing in this thing, this body I
call myself. From this stage on, my mind became completely serene. Even
though I thought I was dying, I was absolutely at peace with the process.
The grand finale: my orgasmic brain
As the serpent emerged from my heart, she continued moving up through my
spine until she reached the point at the base of my skull. She paused there for a
few moments as if preparing for her final ascent. Then as she penetrated my
skull, my tongue physically rolled back and pushed up behind my soft palate,
penetrating my nasal cavity, with the tip of my tongue touching a soft spot
directly above my nasal septum. As this happened, it was like having a thousand
orgasms all at once, in my brain. In this moment, everything around me
disappeared as my awareness was turned completely inward.
Just as my awareness reached the point where it seemed as if nothing existed, I
felt my head explode and as it did, my awareness spread outwards in every
direction. I felt as if I was both everything and nothing, simultaneously existing
and not existing.
The sense of being everything and nothing at the same time seemed to go on for
an eternity.
Re-entry: My descent into a world of illusion
After a period of time, I’m not sure how long, my awareness re-entered the
physical body. It felt as if the universe was breathing me into physical existence.
141
Moments after entering my body, my lungs expanded as I took my first breath in
this new state of expanded awareness.
For about three months after this experience, I felt as if I was floating around in
a world of illusion. Everything I looked at had a glow emanating from it. Living
things had auras of vibrant colour that expanded further than I could see. Each
aura was connected to the things around it. Watching the world in this way was
like living in a dream. I watched waves of energy dancing across the sky,
witnessing scenes that I could never hope to describe in a physical sense.
Gradually, over the next six months, I settled back into a more normal state of
perception, mostly because I stopped my practices, in fear of leaving my body
and not returning
The after effects
Although, so many years later in 2017, I still experience many after effects from
this kundalini awakening, I am for the most part able to function as a “normal
human being.” But in saying that, there are two after effects that are of deeper
significance than the others. One is the ability to apply something called Kechari
mudra. This is the name used to describe when the tongue is pushed up behind
the soft palate, into the nasal cavity. Doing this has many powerful effects upon
the body and mind, effects I’ll discuss at another time. The second after effect is
called Shaktipat which we already know, the ability to initiate the awakening of
another person’s kundalini.
Meditation is faster than the laying-on-hands of a guru
Meditation’s greatest benefit is that it accelerates spiritual growth more that the
divine touch (?) or laying on hands of a guru in Shaktipat. Do you want to be
filled with love completely? Do you want to meditate in the deepest states right
now? Do you want to be able to work with the most powerful energies in our
universe? Your daily meditation as you do will help.
Simply meditation can awaken pure awareness in you. Meditating in pure
awareness is Samadhi –the highest goal of meditation. Your awakening can
happen instantly or in stages –according to your inner ability and spiritual level.
Eight scientific ways towards a happy living
‘As you sow so shall as you reap’ is a famous biblical quote that reflects with
the cause and effect. Whatever it may be – deterministic or free will, we have
seen that those who took deliberate actions in life were left with the respective
results. If you are a strong believer that you can have a better life with much of
happiness and better fulfilment of desires (not spiritual contentment) in life then,
this is for you.
142
According to cognitive psychology, most of our decisions in life are made
unconsciously before we actually become aware of it. Even though most of our
decisions are made unconsciously, we have the causal possibility to control the
circumstances that lead to such decisions. Our future indeed depends on the past
events and how we effectively utilize every opportunity to improve our life.
Subconscious mind determines our attitude, behaviour, and personality, and how
our life is craved in depended on it. The subconscious mind has a basis in our
past experiences, belief system, and natural conditions. It has a biologically
wired counterpart – neural connections where it is feebly influenced by our
genes. Alternatively, these neural pathways shape our subconscious mind.
Routine habits and cultivating new personality traits create new neural
pathways. The scientific research proved that our brain requires less than four
weeks for generating a new neural connection as a result of new character trait.
If you have bad character traits then, it’s the result of such neural pathways. The
characteristic of the biological system is that it motivates one to strengthen the
existing pathways. That’s why a sad or depressed person feels the urge to feed
the mind with negative thoughts rather than the positive feelings even if he is
rationally aware of it.
The studies showed that the bad people character traits are due to such
distinctive neural pathways. They are wired to behave accordingly. Similarly,
the drug addicts are more prone to drugs and develop a sense of urge to it due to
the pathways formed by its consistent usage. Eventually, such mental disorder
becomes difficult to change biologically.
If you need to change a bad personality trait then change these neural
connections. If you need to develop new skills rewire your neurons. Genes have
only less than fifty percent influence over these and there is much more room to
change.
Our subconscious mind is a result of these unique neural connections where our
intuition works with the available resources and what we feed to our
subconscious mind
Listed here are the ways to develop better neural connection naturally so you
can lead a much better life than before.
1. Being with Passionate People
If you analyse the special character traits of the intelligent people you can notice
that they try to connect with the passionate people and those who are more
intelligent than them. This is how they grow in life.
143
There's the only considerable number of successful and passionate people in the
world and majority of people are leading a life not up to their expectations. So,
being with the folks only ends up with the folks.
We are social being where others can influence our life to a greater extent. If we
are continuously engaging with pessimistic people probably we get discouraged
in life. Similarly, if you are spending more time with a passionate guy you can
feel the difference in life.
It might not be possible for everyone to get around with the most successful
people. Never mind, there are many people with such character traits. Everyone
is unique where some people get attracted to those who are having special
character traits based on upon psychologically driven conditions.
However, there are few character traits that are common to all. In the article ‘7
Ways to Become More Interesting to Others,’ I said that how the certain
common character makes one socially attractive.
2. Getting Experience and Knowledge
Great knowledge is one of the significant possessions of the people who are
leading a better life. Not only acquiring knowledge through the books is counted
but also the relevant experiences gained in the life that adds up one’s ability to
lead a happier life is also considered.
It is a philosophical hypothesis that great knowledge can improve your level of
happiness. So as with one’s increasing age, where people gain more knowledge
as for how to become happy despite their circumstances. Where happiness
increases with age is a proven scientific fact.
If a spiritual person is very contended in life then, it’s due to his wisdom.
3. Learn To Cultivate Happiness
Most of the activities of life reach its fullest level when a person is happy.
Whether it’s a perpetual happiness or temporary, it has similar biological
attributes in the brain.
If you are not happy with the life, look for the unmet needs of life as I said in the
book ‘Crack the Hidden Laws of Life’. These are the hidden subconscious needs
of life that have to be fulfilled. This is the only way to have the long term
happiness in life.
Money is not a primal factor for happiness but for worldly people it supports the
mind in various factors.
A Happy mind is the best way to get enthusiasm in activities and to feel
energetic where the happy person gets easily motivated in life.
144
4. Developing a Healthy Belief System
If a person is hindering in his life, certainly it will be the root cause is his belief
system and ignorance. The belief system is a deeply coded attribute of the
subconscious mind that influence the efficacy of our mental process. It is also
developed as result of past and present life experiences. Becoming successful in
life, developing self-confidence and acquiring new skills are checked by this
belief system.
We are unconsciously restricted by this mental attribute and require a strong
factual knowledge or experiences to alter such beliefs. This unconscious mind
has a powerful influence over our all mental processes. It is the ultimate
controller of over behaviours, our weakness, and strengths. Moreover, all
psychological states of mind are determined it.
5. By Motivating Your Mind
It is common that we all get exposed to tremendous negativity in life. This
negativity can erode our productive mind.
So, one can develop certain neural pathways according to their tasks as like the
people who led a better life.
6. Lower Your Mental Waves
A higher mental wave is the seat of the unsteady mind. Agitation, restlessness,
stupidity, etc. are the consequence of higher frequency mind. Unproductive
decisions are made in such state of mind.
Mind relaxing music and meditation practices help you to lower the mental
frequency.
7. Allow Your Intuition and Higher Senses To Work
When the mind is calmed down our intuition and higher senses works perfectly.
It is our best guide to lead a better life. The role of higher senses in one’s life is
wrapped in philosophy. Napoleon Hill said that if a person has to lead a better
life, successful in his deeds, and possessed a higher creative ability then these
qualities was endowed with the higher sense of a person.
8. Lastly, get a Good Deep Sleep
Finally, getting a deep sleep makes you active with a healthy body and healthy
mind. A deep sleep is inevitable for the higher senses to work better where it
helps to increase your productivity. The studies showed that the people who are
having a sound sleep are less prone to negative emotions and has a better control
over their activities.
145
Signs of Kundalini Awakening
A variety of experiences result on awakening of Kundalini. These experiences
depend upon a multitude of factors, of which the principal contributors are the
nature and character of Sadhak, the strength of Kundalini power and the
physical attributes of Sadhak.
The indications are so numerous and yet newer experiences are being reported.
As no attempt was made earlier to put all such experiences in one place,
additions to this list of indications is inevitable. Some of the indications of
awakening of Kundalini are listed below.
1. The limbs, hand and feet become numb, as if they go to sleep. On
moving them a tingling sensation occurs.
2. Entire body gets warm.
3. During meditation the mouth gets filled with water.
4. A feeling of body growing big and bigger or the feeling as if the body
is shrinking from small to smaller size.
5. A feeling of astral body coming out of the physical body and moving
in astral world.
6. The feeling of heaviness of eyes or of eye lids becoming heavy.
7. Heaviness of head.
8. Anger rising during meditation or meditator suddenly becoming angry.
9. Body of Sadhak starts trembling or moves uncontrollably in oscillating
Manner.
10. During meditation the Sadhak starts singing, dancing, shouting,
shrieking and prancing uncontrollably.
11. Certain yogic practices such as Aasana, Bhastrika and Pranayama
happen to Sadhak involuntarily.
12. Feeling, as if of electric shocks in the body.
13. Feeling as if the body is rotating or going round and round in circles
or as if the world around is also spinning.
14. Uncontrolled laughter or crying during meditation.
15. Hearing of strange sounds during meditation.
16. Despite being deep in meditation, jumping on haunches like a frog.
146
17. Going round and round in circles or to start crawling during
meditation.
18. Roaring like a lion or making sounds of other beasts or animals
during meditation.
19. Rotating the neck in full circles.
20. The eyes turn automatically towards Ajna Chakra and the white
portion of eyeball alone being seen outside.
21. Chanting or invocation of mantras, hymns during meditation.
22. Experiencing drowsiness or feeling of intoxication.
23. Having visions relating to own suppressed desires, wishes etc.
24. Having visions of Red, Yellow, Blue or White coloured clouds.
These colours relate to colours of various Chakras (wheels)and get
reflected or are seen at the Ajna Chakra. However, if the etheric body of
the seeker is cleansed, he will have visions of clear light (colourless) only.
This signifies purity of etheric having been achieved.
25. A feeling of peace and calm prevails. Seeker experiences bliss, a state
difficult to describe in words.
26. Arising of certain complex unresolved problems during meditation
and getting their solutions too during meditation itself. (Problem and
Solution)
27. A desire to visit places of sacred religious importance, arising during
meditation and visiting those places in astral body during meditation
itself. (Desire and Fulfilment)
28. Going into trance with open eyes, getting deep into meditation with
eyes remaining wide open for 15 to 20 minutes.
29. An experience of walking through the skies and visiting different
parts of universe during meditation.
30. Feeling of giddiness during meditation and experiencing falls while
walking, also during meditation.
31. During meditation the feet of the seeker turn skywards. This position
lasts for a short while only and returns to normal position soon.
32. A feeling of severe headache during meditation. It is advised NOT to
take medications for such a headache. It will go away by itself.
147
33. The meditator sees dreadful scenes during meditation. He should not
get scared, if it so happens.
34. Some meditators see their own forms during meditation. This is
called
“PRTIKA DARSHAN” in some of the scriptures. It is a good omen.
35. Sadhak has visions of Lord Shiva wearing a garland of human skulls,
of Mahakali similarly or Mother Shakti – Parvati, the consort of Lord
Shiva.
36. Sadhak sees skeletons during meditation.
37. A scene of death of a near and dear one during meditation. (some feel
that this may ward-off the imminent danger to them.)
38. Some seekers have visions of the dead being cremated. These seekers
become instruments for the salvation of souls of such of the dead.
39. Sadhak sees Lord Vishnu, the Preserver, Lying on the Sesh – Shaiyya
(the Seven hooded serpent god, who forms the base of the Universe) or
Shiva and Parvati; or vision of Lord Rama; or Lord Krishna engaged in
RaasLeela, a dance sequence with gopis; or dreadful ascetic form of Lord
Shiva. The Sadhak should not get frightened by such visions. On the other
hand these visions ennoble the Sadhak by increasing his inner strengths.
40. Some Sadhaks experience movement of gas in their intestines, the
sound of which they can clearly hear. In such cases, the Sadhak should lie
flat on back and the wind movement will go away.
41. Some seekers experience fluttering sensation on the Brow Chakra
(Ajna Chakra) or sensation of breeze on the point. In such cases it is
advised to rub ghee (clarified butter) or Sandal wood paste on the
forehead.
42. Fluttering sensation in eyes, ears, nose and cheeks occurs. This occurs
when the twin petals (Ham & Ksham) of Ajna Chakra rotate.
43. Visions of past events come before the eyes and sometimes the events
of future cast their images.
44. Guru appears in front of the Sadhak in meditation and untangles
various problems and answers the questions.
45. Sometimes Divine sound or voice is heard during meditation.
46. An experience of total bliss occurs, thus taking the Sadhak to his goal.
The mind is restless and is disturbed by lust and other desires. The desires
148
in subconscious erupt and get destroyed; a burning sensation occurs at the
Solar plexus. This burning sensation can be soothed by praying to Divine
Mother, or chanting Hanuman Chalisa or other hymns. The physical heat
should be countered by taking milk with two to three spoons of clarified
butter (ghee) immediately after the meditation is over. The Guru comes in
his astral form and takes care of the Sadhak and his fears without his
knowledge.
47. Divine chants and messages descend from the Heavens.
48. Sound of Nupur (bells worn on anklets), tabor, twin drum (Damaru),
flute, conch shell, thunder of clouds and temple bells is heard by Sadhaks.
49. On awakening of Kundalini the Sadhak experiences distinct
fragrances of variety of flowers.
50. Sadhak experiences cold breeze blowing through. He also
experiences discomfort as if all the joints of waist and below are paining.
51. A feeling as if one has been tied by a rope, all-round.
52. In case of some Sadhaks a feeling of intense heat and burning
sensation in the stomach occurs when the Kundalini rises upto the
Manipur Chakra (the Navel Wheel or Solar plexus).
53. The Sadhak feels cheerful and disease free; an unprecedented feeling
of relief comes over. This is possible with SHAKTIPAT. Shaktipat
removes diseases and ailments.
54. Body is filled with purity, serenity and divinity. A feeling of seeing
the self from outside by own twin – SAKSHIBHAV.
55. The Sadhak becomes fully aware of his previous incarnation. He
becomes aware of his present circumstances, problems and reasons
thereof. He succeeds in analysing his previous deeds and the fruits of such
actions.
56. After Shaktipat, rapid progress is experienced by the Sadhak. He
leads a life of bliss and ecstasy, totally free of tensions. He is joyous and
relaxed in life.
57. When he sees a person, he tries to relate to himself and that persons
previous birth (s); who was he?, etc. He instinctively goes into the past
lives and establish mutual identities and relationships.
58. Whatever he wishes, fructifies. There is a magic in his speech which
attracts the listeners. People are easily impressed by his logic and gravity
of speech.
149
59. Whosoever, a man or a woman comes in front of him, his present,
past and future are all depicted before him like a cinema reel. He is able to
foretell and anticipate their future.
60. He develops a magnetic personality. People are naturally charmed by
the radiance that flows from his face and body. He charms and attracts
their gaze.
61. Shaktipat protects a man like an armour shield. In whatever direction
he marches, success greets him with extended arms. He becomes a special
person.
62. He goes into meditation, involuntarily, all of a sudden. He then goes
into deep bliss. He has to perforce make a determined effort, a
SANKALPA, not to get into meditation unknowingly.
63. On closing his eyes, he sees circles of light in front of the eyes.
64. He sees groups of clouds moving hither and thither before his eyes.
65. Some part of the body becomes hard & stiff.
66. The diseased part of the body starts paining.
67. The diseased part of the body gets warm.
68. The diseased part becomes heavy.
69. The part of the body that is diseased, starts fluttering and vibrating.
70. A blinding light, the brilliance of thousands of Suns is seen in front of
the eyes.
71. Sometimes the bright white light vision is followed by pitch darkness.
72. The eye-lids start fluttering by themselves. The individual loses
control over this function.
73. Sometimes the eyes start pulling inside. This may lead to automatic
occurrence of SHAMBHAVI and KHECHARI MUDRAS.
74. In a manner similar to that occurs in cattle, the whole body starts
flapping and fluttering. The cheeks, back, chest, stomach, thighs and
calves vibrate or tremble.
75. The Sadhak in his meditation feels as if he has put a cap over his
head.
76. A feeling of something creeping or climbing, up or down, left or
right, to the front or to the rear. As the SHAKTI rises upwards that part of
the body becomes warm or cold.
150
77. There occurs excessive tension at the AJNA CHAKRA (The Brow
Chakra) and the body feels painful and listless.
78. Despite the eyelids being closed, the pupils move in a circular motion.
79. Intense heat is experienced in point between the eye brows, the AJNA
CHAKRA. Many a times the portion becomes black as if it has been
adorned with a black BINDI (a circle, round in shape). The skin may even
burn and peel off.
80. A feeling as if someone is cutting or digging at the AJNA CHAKRA
with sharp tool.
81. At times if feels as if some insect has entered at the AJNA CHAKRA
or in the head and is moving all over the head.
82. A circle of light approaches the AJNA CHAKRA either from the left
or the right. However, it does not advance beyond the midpoint between
the brows and retracts thereafter.
83. During meditation the head moves left to right, right to left and up
and down.
84. It feels that the entire head is covered with nets.
85. During meditation tears flow from the eyes.
86. One yawns while meditating.
87. If one goes to sleep concentrating on the Brow Chakra then he dreams
that he is dreaming. He knows that he is dreaming and remembers his
dreams. Sometimes the dreams are colourful and sometimes the dreams
forecast the events of the future.
88. A solution to any complex unresolved problem or a mental tension
appears during the dreams.
89. Inspiration to write poems and stories comes during meditation.
90. Focussed on Ajna Chakra, the future events reveal themselves on it.
151
Various helpful meditation techniques for
developing Kundalini without guru
Kundalini Kriya Meditation
The meditation consists of three meditation methods you switch between. When
one reaches a plateau, you switch to the other method, when that reaches a
plateau, you switch back to one of the other two methods, and so forth. Back and
forth between the three main techniques, but all the time with one objective: to
raise Shakti more and more and merge with it. When the Self reveals itself, let
go of the practice and merge. The purpose of the meditation method is not to
train oneself to do it perfectly, but to generate a state within where the Self may
reveal itself.
1. Body Breathing
As you observe the breathing, feel the entire body. it is as if the sense of touch
all over the skin senses the skin itself. Now feel that on the in-breath you expand
out through the skin. On the out breath simply let go. Another way of saying it is
that on the in-breath you feel the Shakti growing in intensity and size. On the
out-breath you let go of any control and duality and merge with Shakti in and
around the body. As this progresses, you will feel the body's limits dissolve and
that the feeling of Shakti becomes more tangible than the feeling of the body.
Do this as long as Shakti gets stronger and you merge more and more.
2. Spine Breathing
On the in-breath feel you are moving energy up the entire spine at once, from
the perineum to the top of the head. You can remember the word "Shakti" as you
152
do this. On the out breath feel you are radiating energy, or love-bliss, in all
directions from the brain and scull. You can remember the word "om" as you
breathe out. But these words are really not important, the important thing is to
feel Shakti grow and to merge with Shakti. With a little practice the two phases
will merge so that you on both the in-breath and out-breath sense the flow up the
spine and the radiation from the brain. Do this as long as Shakti gets stronger
and you merge more and more.
3. Inflow-Outflow (Shakti-void)
Ignore the breath. Just sense love, bliss, Shakti, presence, Being, flow into you
and radiate from you at the same time. This double direction can be a little
tricky, but once you get it going, you will enter void and feel the double flow
happening by itself.
153
not do any good at all, in fact it will block the intended result. It should be a
nice, calm, peaceful cycle.
Kundalini pranayama version one
1. On the in-breath imagine and feel Shakti moving from the perineum
and up the entire spine to the top of the head. Don't imagine it as a point
going up, but more like a flow in the entire channel. Don't be alarmed if
you don’t feel this channel, most don't, just go on visualizing and
imagining.
2. Hold your breath in a comfortable and relaxed manner. Meanwhile
imagine/feel the energy in the brain radiate in all directions. When you
succeed with this, you will know that even if you did not feel the spine,
energy has rushed up the spine all the same.
3. On the out-breath simply let go of any effort that may have been
involved and merge with the Shakti present in and around the body.
Alternatively: On the out-breath continue radiating Shakti in all directions
from the brain and scull.
Do this for as long as you like. Soon you will experience tremendous bliss.
Kundalini pranayama version two
This version has a slightly different set of bhavas (feeling-senses).
Breathe in to the count of three.
Hold your breath to the count of three.
Breathe out to the count of three.
You can count to anything you like as long as the periods are of equal
duration and you find a rhythm you can hold uninterrupted for one hour. It
is important you keep on counting so you keep the mind occupied.
While you do this there is a kind of bhava (feeling sense) that is very
important.
Breathing in: Sense/feel/visualize Shakti/prana flowing into the entire
body.
Holding your breath: Sense/feel/visualize Shakti/prana radiating from the
entire body.
Breathing out: Sense/feel/visualize that your brain is a mass of bright
light.
154
When Samadhi comes, let go of the practice and enjoy. When samadhi
ends, immediately take up the practice again.
Be aware that this practice is for arousing kundalini. You may experience this as
something moving in your perineum or spine, but do not be alarmed. If you find
it releases more energy than you are comfortable with, then also do not be
alarmed, for it will soon calm down and integrate with the system. Just don't
fight it.
Bindu Kriya
This meditation has several stages to be performed in the following order...
A. Feel the perineum (area between genitals and anus) and sense that on
the in-breath energy moves up a few inches and on the out-breath moves
down again. Do this for about ten breaths.
B. Sense a ball of energy an inch or so above the perineum. On the in-
breath expand it and on the out-breath simply let go. Do this for about ten
breaths.
C. Sense energy radiating in all directions from the root centre just above
the perineum. Try to get a sense of continuous flow. Do this for as long as
you go deeper and deeper, - or if possible merge in bliss. When you reach
a plateau, go to D.
D. Now centre your attention on the top of the scull. On the in-breath and
also on the out-breath sense you are allowing the energy to rush up your
spine to the crown. Do this for about ten breaths.
E. On the in-breath sense energy rising about an inch out through the top
of your scull. On the out-breath sense it going down again about an inch
into the head. Do this for about ten breaths.
F. Sense a ball of energy at the scull, about two inches in diameter. On the
in-breath expand it and on the out-breath simply let go. Do this for about
ten breaths.
G. Sense energy radiating in all directions from the crown. Try to get a
sense of continuous flow. Do this for as long as you get deeper and
deeper, - or if possible merge in bliss.
H. Sense energy radiating from both the root chakra and the crown
chakra. After a while the two will merge. When you reach a plateau, go to
A and repeat the steps.
155
Chakra Kriya meditation
This is a little complex and too detailed to describe here. It does the chakra-
breathing describe below in each chakra in turn; then some spinal breathing;
then grounding in root chakra and finally full body breathing.
The guided version takes you from the bottom to the top, but you could extend
the duration by going from the top to the bottom after you have gone from the
bottom to the top. That will take about 50 minutes.
Chakra Pranayama
This can be done in any chakra (energy-centre), but is usually done in the root
chakra (the perineum), the heart chakra (middle of the chest ) or in the Ajna
chakra (between the eyebrows). Or if you want to do a nice and very powerful
systematic method, you can go through all the chakras in order beginning at the
bottom and moving up one at a time (this is Chakra Kriya Meditation). I have
done this for a period of some years, twice daily for about an hour or so in each
sitting, and had wonderful results from it. This practice is basically utilizing the
same principle as described above. It has three steps to be performed in each
chakra.
A. Pulsating. On the in-breath sense energy going forward from the spine
and to the front of the body and on the out-breath moving back into the
spine. Do this for about ten breaths. (If working with the root chakra or
crown chakra, sense the energy moving up on the in-breath and down on
the out-breath)
B. Expanding. On the in-breath sense it expanding and on the out-breath
sense it contracting. Do this for about ten breaths.
C. Radiating. On both the in- and out-breath, sense it radiating from the
chakra. Do this for about ten breaths.
D. Receiving (void). On both the in- and out-breath sense energy flowing
into the chakra and radiating from the chakra at the same time. Or just
flowing in. Do this for about ten breaths.
E. If you want to do a systematic practice for awakening the entire chakra
system, then this is how to shift from one chakra to the next: On the in-
breath feel energy rising up the spine from the chakra you are leaving and
reaching the next chakra; on the out-breath feel the new chakra
expanding. Do this for about ten breaths, then proceed as described above.
Note: As you do this practice, you may feel pressure in the body in the chakra
area. Also hidden emotions may arise. Please allow whatever comes up to arise,
156
be what it is and leave. Remember the goal is not catharsis, but to generate a
pulse of Shakti (spiritual energy), on which you can surf into bliss and Self.
Hindu Scriptures
Sanskrit Literature
Sanskrit literature can be classified under six orthodox heads and four secular
heads. The six orthodox sections form the authoritative scriptures of the Hindus.
The four secular sections embody the later developments in classical Sanskrit
literature.
The six scriptures are: (i) Srutis, (ii) Smritis, (iii) Itihasas, (iv) Puranas, (v)
Agamas and (vi) Darsanas.
The four secular writings are: (i) Subhashitas, (ii) Kavyas, (iii) Natakas and (iv)
Alankaras.
157
The Veda is the storehouse of Indian wisdom and is a memorable glory which
man can never forget till eternity.
Revealed Truths without Beginning or End
The Vedas are the eternal truths revealed by God to the great ancient Rishis of
India. The word Rishi means a seer from dris, to see. He is the Mantra-Drashta,
a seer of Mantra or thought. The thought was not his own. The Rishis saw the
truths or heard them. Therefore, the Vedas are what are heard (Sruti). The Rishi
did not write. He did not create it out of his mind. He was the seer of thought
which existed already. He was only the spiritual discoverer of the thought. He is
not the inventor of the Veda.
The Vedas represent the spiritual experiences of the Rishis of yore. The Rishi is
only a medium or an agent to transmit to people the intuitional experiences
which he received. The truths of the Vedas are revelations. All the other
religions of the world claim their authority as being delivered by special
messengers of God to certain persons, but the Vedas do not owe their authority
to anyone. They are themselves the authority as they are eternal, as they are the
Knowledge of the Lord.
Lord Brahma, the Creator, imparted the divine knowledge to the Rishis or seers.
The Rishis disseminated the knowledge. The Vedic Rishis were great realised
persons who had direct intuitive perception of Brahman or the Truth. They were
inspired writers. They built a simple, grand and perfect system of religion and
philosophy from which the founders and teachers of all other religions have
drawn their inspiration.
The Vedas are the oldest books in the library of man. The truths contained in all
religions are derived from the Vedas and are ultimately traceable to the Vedas.
The Vedas are the fountain-head of religion. The Vedas are the ultimate source
to which all religious knowledge can be traced. Religion is of divine origin. It
was revealed by God to man in the earliest times. It is embodied in the Vedas.
The Vedas are eternal. They are without beginning and end. An ignorant man
may say how a book can be without beginning or end. By the Vedas, no books
are meant. Vedas came out of the breath of the Lord. They are the words of God.
The Vedas are not the utterances of persons. They are not the composition of
any human mind. They were never written, never created. They are eternal and
impersonal. The date of the Vedas has never been fixed. It can never be fixed.
Vedas are eternal spiritual truths. Vedas are an embodiment of divine
knowledge. The books may be destroyed, but the knowledge cannot be
destroyed. Knowledge is eternal. In that sense, the Vedas are eternal.
158
The Four Vedas and their Sub Divisions
The Veda is divided into four great books: the Rig-Veda, the Yajur-Veda, the
Sama-Veda and the Atharva-Veda. The Yajur-Veda is again divided into two
parts, the Sukla and the Krishna. The Krishna or the Taittiriya is the older book
and the Sukla or the Vajasaneya is a later revelation to sage Yajnavalkya from
the resplendent Sun-God.
The Rig-Veda is divided into twenty-one sections, the Yajur-Veda into one
hundred and nine sections, the Sama-Veda into one thousand sections and the
Atharva-Veda into fifty sections. In all, the whole Veda is thus divided into one
thousand one hundred and eighty recensions.
Each Veda consists of four parts: the Mantra-Samhitas or hymns, the Brahmanas
or explanations of Mantras or rituals, the Aranyakas and the Upanishads. The
division of the Vedas into four parts is to suit the four stages in a man’s life.
The Mantra-Samhitas are hymns in praise of the Vedic God for attaining
material prosperity here and happiness hereafter. They are metrical poems
comprising prayers, hymns and incantations addressed to various deities, both
subjective and objective. The Mantra portion of the Vedas is useful for the
Brahmacharins.
The Brahmana portions guide people to perform sacrificial rites. They are prose
explanations of the method of using the Mantras in the Yajna or the sacrifice.
The Brahmana portion is suitable for the householders.
The Aranyakas are the forest books, the mystical sylvan texts which give
philosophical interpretations of the rituals. The Aranyakas are intended for the
Vanaprasthas or hermits who prepare themselves for taking Sannyasa.
The Upanishads are the most important portion of the Vedas. The Upanishads
contain the essence or the knowledge portion of the Vedas. The philosophy of
the Upanishads is sublime, profound, lofty and soul-stirring. The Upanishads
speak of the identity of the individual soul and the Supreme Soul. They reveal
the most subtle and deep spiritual truths. The Upanishads are useful for the
Sannyasins.
The subject matter of the whole Veda is divided into Karma-Kanda, Upasana-
Kanda and Jnana-Kanda. The Karma-Kanda or Ritualistic Section deals with
various sacrifices and rituals. The Upasana-Kanda or Worship-Section deals
with various kinds of worship or meditation. The Jnana-Kanda or Knowledge-
Section deals with the highest knowledge of Nirguna Brahman. The Mantras and
the Brahmanas constitute Karma-Kanda; the Aranyakas Upasana-Kanda; and the
Upanishads Jnana-Kanda.
159
The Mantra-Samhitas
The Rig-Veda Samhita is the grandest book of the Hindus, the oldest and the
best. It is the Great Indian Bible, which no Hindu would forget to adore from the
core of his heart. Its style, the language and the tone are most beautiful and
mysterious. Its immortal Mantras embody the greatest truths of existence, and it
is perhaps the greatest treasure in all the scriptural literature of the world. Its
priest is called the Hotri.
The Yajur-Veda Samhita is mostly in prose and is meant to be used by the
Adhvaryu, the Yajur-Vedic priest, for superfluous explanations of the rites in
sacrifices, supplementing the Rig-Vedic Mantras.
The Sama-Veda Samhita is mostly borrowed from the Rig-Vedic Samhita and is
meant to be sung by the Udgatri, the Sama-Vedic priest, in sacrifices.
The Atharva-Veda Samhita is meant to be used by the Brahma, the Atharva-
Vedic priest, to correct the mispronunciations and wrong performances that may
accidentally be committed by the other three priests of the sacrifice.
The Brahmanas and the Aranyakas
There are two Brahmanas to the Rig-Veda—the Aitareya and the Sankhayana.
“The Rig-Veda,” says Max Muller, “is the most ancient book of the world. The
sacred hymns of the Brahmanas stand unparalleled in the literature of the whole
world; and their preservation might well be called miraculous.”
The Satapatha Brahmana belongs to the Sukla Yajur-Veda. The Krishna-Yajur-
Veda has the Taittiriya and the Maitrayana Brahmanas. The Tandya or
Panchavimsa, the Shadvimsa, the Chhandogya, the Adbhuta, the Arsheya and
the Upanishad Brahmanas belong to the Sama-Veda. The Brahmana of the
Atharva-Veda is called the Gopatha. Each of the Brahmanas has got an
Aranyaka.
The Upanishads
The Upanishads are the concluding portions of the Vedas or the end of the
Vedas. The teaching based on them is called Vedanta. The Upanishads are the
gist and the goal of the Vedas. They form the very foundation of Hinduism.
There are as many Upanishads to each Veda as there are Sakhas, branches or
recensions, i.e., 21, 109, 1000 and 50 respectively to the four Vedas, the Rig-
Veda, the Yajur-Veda, the Sama-Veda and the Atharva-Veda.
The different philosophers of India belonging to different schools, such as
Monism, Qualified Monism, Dualism, Pure Monism, Difference-cum-non-
difference, etc., have acknowledged the supreme authority of the Upanishads.
160
They have given their own interpretations, but they have obeyed the authority.
They have built their philosophy on the foundation of the Upanishads.
Even the Western scholars have paid their tribute to the seers of the Upanishads.
At a time when the Westerners were clad in barks and were sunk in deep
ignorance, the Upanishadic seers were enjoying the eternal bliss of the Absolute,
and had the highest culture and civilisation.
The most important Upanishads are Isa, Kena, Katha, Prasna, Mundaka,
Mandukya, Aitareya, Taittiriya, Chhandogya, Brihadaranyaka, Kaushitaki and
Svetasvatara and Maitrayani. These are supremely authoritative.
May the fundamental truths of the Vedas be revealed unto you all, like the
Amalaka fruit in the palm of your hand. May Gayatri, the blessed Mother of the
Vedas, impart to you the milk of Knowledge, the ancient wisdom of the
Upanishads.
The Upa-Vedas
There are four Upa-Vedas or subsidiary Vedas, viz., the Ayurveda, the
Dhanurveda, the Gandharva Veda and the Arthasastra, forming auxiliaries to the
four Vedas, which mean, respectively, the science of health, the science of war,
the science of music and the science of polity.
The Vedangas
There are six Angas or explanatory limbs, to the Vedas: the Siksha and
Vyakarana of Panini, the Chhandas of Pingalacharya, the Nirukta of Yaska, the
Jyotisha of Garga, and the Kalpas (Srauta, Grihya, Dharma and Sulba)
belonging to the authorship of various Rishis.
Siksha is a knowledge of phonetics. Siksha deals with pronunciation and accent.
The text of the Vedas is arranged in various forms or Pathas. The Pada-patha
gives each word its separate form. The Krama-patha connects the word in pairs.
Vyakarana is Sanskrit grammar. Panini’s books are most famous. Without
knowledge of Vyakarana, you cannot understand the Vedas.
Chhandas is metre dealing with prosody.
Nirukta is philology or etymology.
Jyotisha is astronomy and astrology. It deals with the movements of the
heavenly bodies, planets, etc., and their influence in human affairs.
Kalpa is the method of ritual. The Srauta Sutras which explain the ritual of
sacrifices belong to Kalpa. The sulba Sutras, which treat of the measurements
which are necessary for laying out the sacrificial areas, also belong to Kalpa.
161
The Grihya Sutras which concern domestic life, and the Dharma Sutras which
deal with ethics, customs and laws, also belong to Kalpa.
The Pratishakhyas, Padapathas, Kramapathas, Upalekhas, Anukramanis,
Daivatsamhitas, Parishishtas, Prayogas, Paddhatis, Karikas, Khilas and Vyuhas
are further elaborations in the rituals of the Kalpa Sutras.
Among the Kalpa Sutras, the Asvalayana, Sankhyana and the Sambhavya
belong to the Rig-Veda. The Mashaka, Latyayana, Drahyayana, Gobhila and
Khadira belong to the Sama-Veda. The Katyayana and Paraskara belong to the
Sukla Yajur-Veda. The Apastamba, Hiranyakesi, Bodhayana, Bharadvaja,
Manava, Vaikhanasa and the Kathaka belong to the Krishna Yajur-Veda. The
Vaitana and the Kaushika belong to the Atharva-Veda.
The Smritis
Next in importance to the Sruti are the Smritis or secondary scriptures. These are
the ancient sacred law-codes of the Hindus dealing with the Sanatana-
Varnasrama-Dharma. They supplement and explain the ritualistic injunctions
called Vidhis in the Vedas. The Smriti Sastra is founded on the Sruti. The
Smritis are based on the teachings of the Vedas. The Smriti stands next in
authority to the Sruti. It explains and develops Dharma. It lays down the laws
which regulate Hindu national, social, family and individual obligations.
The works which are expressly called Smritis are the law books, Dharma
Sastras. Smriti, in a broader sense, covers all Hindu Sastras save the Vedas.
The laws for regulating Hindu society from time to time are codified in the
Smritis. The Smritis have laid down definite rules and laws to guide the
individuals and communities in their daily conduct and to regulate their manners
and customs. The Smritis have given detailed instructions, according to the
conditions of the time, to all classes of men regarding their duties in life.
The Hindu learns how he has to spend his whole life from these Smritis. The
duties of Varnasrama and all ceremonies are clearly given in these books. The
Smritis prescribe certain acts and prohibit some others for a Hindu, according to
his birth and stage of life. The object of the Smritis is to purify the heart of man
and take him gradually to the supreme abode of immortality and make him
perfect and free.
These Smritis have varied from time to time. The injunctions and prohibitions of
the Smritis are related to the particular social surroundings. As these
surroundings and essential conditions of the Hindu society changed from time to
time, new Smritis had to be compiled by the sages of different ages and different
parts of India.
162
The Celebrated Hindu Law-Givers
From time to time, a great law-giver would take his birth. He would codify the
existing laws and remove those which had become obsolete. He would make
some alterations, adaptations, readjustments, additions and subtractions, to suit
the needs of the time and see that the way of living of the people would be in
accordance with the teachings of the Veda. Of such law-givers, Manu,
Yajnavalkya and Parasara are the most celebrated persons. Hindu society is
founded on, and governed by, the laws made by these three great sages. The
Smritis are named after them. We have Manu Smriti or Manava Dharma-Sastra
(the Laws of Manu or the Institutes of Manu), Yajnavalkya Smriti and Parasara
Smriti. Manu is the greatest law-giver of the race. He is the oldest law-giver as
well. The Yajnavalkya Smriti follows the same general lines as the Manu Smriti
and is next in importance to it. Manu Smriti and Yajnavalkya Smriti are
universally accepted at the present time as authoritative works all over India.
Yajnavalkya Smriti is chiefly consulted in all matters of Hindu Law. Even the
Government of India are applying some of these laws.
There are eighteen main Smritis or Dharma Sastras. The most important are
those of Manu, Yajnavalkya and Parasara. The other fifteen are those of Vishnu,
Daksha, Samvarta, Vyasa, Harita, Satatapa, Vasishtha, Yama, Apastamba,
Gautama, Devala, Sankha-Likhita, Usana, Atri and Saunaka.
The laws of Manu are intended for the Satya Yuga, those of Yajnavalkya are for
the Treta Yuga; those of Sankha and Likhita are for the Dvapara Yuga; and
those of Parasara are for the Kali Yuga.
The laws and rules which are based entirely upon our social positions, time and
clime, must change with the changes in society and changing conditions of time
and clime. Then only the progress of the Hindu society can be ensured.
Need for a New Law-Code
It is not possible to follow some of the laws of Manu at the present time. We can
follow their spirit and not the letter. Society is advancing. When it advances, it
outgrows certain laws which were valid and helpful at a particular stage of its
growth. Many new things which were not thought out by the old law-givers have
come into existence now. It is no use insisting people to follow now those old
laws which have become obsolete.
Our present society has considerably changed. A new Smriti to suit the
requirements of this age is very necessary. Another sage will place before the
Hindus of our days a new suitable code of laws. Time is ripe for a new Smriti.
Cordial greetings to this age.
163
The Inner Voice of Dharma
He who is endowed with a pure heart through protracted Tapas, Japa, Kirtana,
meditation and service of Guru and who has a very clear conscience, can be
guided by the inner voice in matters of Dharma or duty or moral action. The
inner voice that proceeds from a clean heart filled with Sattva is, indeed, the
voice of God or Soul or Antaryamin or Inner Ruler. This voice is more than
Smriti. It is Smriti of Smritis. Purify your heart and train yourself to hear this
inner voice. Keep your ear in tune with the ‘voice’.
The Sruti and the Smriti
The Sruti and the Smriti are the two authoritative sources of Hinduism. Sruti
literally means what is heard, and Smriti means what is remembered. Sruti is
revelation and Smriti is tradition. Upanishad is a Sruti. Bhagavad-Gita is a
Smriti.
Sruti is direct experience. Great Rishis heard the eternal truths of religion and
left a record of them for the benefit of posterity. These records constitute the
Vedas. Hence, Sruti is primary authority. Smriti is a recollection of that
experience. Hence, it is secondary authority. The Smritis or Dharma Sastras also
are books written by sages, but they are not the final authority. If there is
anything in a Smriti which contradicts the Sruti, the Smriti is to be rejected.
The Itihasas
The Friendly Treatises and the Commanding Treatises
There are four books under this heading: The Valmiki-Ramayana, the
Yogavasishtha, The Mahabharata and the Harivamsa. These embody all that is
in the Vedas, but only in a simpler manner. These are called the Suhrit-Samhitas
or the Friendly Treatises, while the Vedas are called the Prabhu-Samhitas or the
Commanding Treatises with great authority. These works explain the great
universal truths in the form of historical narratives, stories and dialogues. These
are very interesting volumes and are liked by all, from the inquisitive child to
the intellectual scholar.
The Itihasas give us beautiful stories of absorbing interest and importance,
through which all the fundamental teachings of Hinduism are indelibly
impressed on one’s mind. The laws of Smritis and the principles of the Vedas
are stamped firmly on the minds of the Hindus through the noble and marvellous
deeds of their great national heroes. We get a clear idea of Hinduism from these
sublime stories.
The common man cannot comprehend the high abstract philosophy of the
Upanishads and the Brahma Sutras. Hence, the compassionate sages Valmiki
164
and Vyasa wrote the Itihasas for the benefit of common people. The same
philosophy is presented with analogies and parables in a tasteful form to the
common run of mankind.
The two well-known Itihasas (histories) are the epics (Mahakavyas), Ramayana
and Mahabharata. They are two very popular and useful Sastras of the Hindus.
The Ramayana was written by the sage Valmiki, and the Mahabharata by Vyasa.
The Ramayana
The Ramayana, the Adi-Kavya or the first epic poem, relates the story of Sri
Rama, the ideal man. It is the history of the family of the solar race descended
from Ikshvaku, in which was born Sri Ramachandra, the Avatara of Lord
Vishnu, and his three brothers. The ideal characters like Rama, Sita, Lakshmana,
Bharata and Sri Hanuman that we find in Ramayana firmly establish Hindu
Dharma in our minds. The story of the birth of Rama and his brothers, their
education and marriages, the exile of Sri Rama, the carrying off and recovery of
Sita, his wife, the destruction of Ravana, the Rakshasa King of Lanka, and the
reign of Sri Rama, are described in detail in Ramayana. How a man should
behave towards his superiors, equals and inferiors, how a king ought to rule his
kingdom, how a man should lead his life in this world, how he can obtain his
release, freedom and perfection, may be learnt from this excellent epic. The
Ramayana gives a vivid picture of Indian life. Even today our domestic, social
and national ideals are copied from the noble characters in the Ramayana and
the Mahabharata. The great national heroes stand even today as beacon-lights to
guide and inspire the people of the whole world. The lives of Rama, Bharata and
Lakshmana provide a model of fraternal affection and mutual service. Sri
Hanuman stands as an ideal unique Karma Yogin. The life of Sita is regarded as
the most perfect example of womanly fidelity, chastity and sweetness. The
Ramayana is written in twenty-four thousand verses by Sri Valmiki.
The Mahabharata
The Mahabharata is the history of the Pandavas and the Kauravas. It gives a
description of the great war, the Battle of Kurukshetra, which broke out between
the Kauravas and the Pandavas who were cousins and descendants of the lunar
race. The Mahabharata is an encyclopaedia of Hindu Dharma. It is rightly called
the fifth Veda. There is really no theme in religion, philosophy, mysticism and
polity which this great epic does not touch and expound. It contains very noble
moral teachings, useful lessons of all kinds, many beautiful stories and episodes,
discourses, sermons, parables and dialogues which set forth the principles of
morals and metaphysics. The Pandavas obtained victory through the grace of
Lord Krishna. The Mahabharata is written in one hundred thousand verses by
Sri Krishnadvaipayana Vyasa.
165
The Bhagavad-Gita
The most important part of the Mahabharata is the Bhagavad-Gita. It is a
marvellous dialogue between Lord Krishna and Arjuna on the battle-field,
before the commencement of the great war. Bhagavan Sri Krishna became the
charioteer of Arjuna. Sri Krishna explained the essentials of Hindu religion to
Arjuna. Just as the Upanishads contain the cream of the Vedas, so does the Gita
contain the cream of the Upanishads. The Upanishads are the cows. Lord
Krishna is the cowherd. Arjuna is the calf. The Gita is the milk. The wise men
are those who drink the milk of the Gita.
The Gita is the most precious jewel of Hindu literature. It is a universal gospel.
The Gita teaches the Yoga of Synthesis. It ranks high in the religious literature
of the world.
Arjuna saw before him his dear relatives and teachers in the battle-field. He
fainted and refused to fight against them. Then Lord Krishna imparted
knowledge of the Self to Arjuna and convinced him that it was his duty to fight
regardless of consequences. Afterwards Arjuna gave up his Moha, or delusion.
All his doubts were cleared. He fought against the Kauravas and achieved
victory.
166
illustrations of philosophical principles), secondary creation, genealogy of kings
and of Manvantaras. All the Puranas belong to the class of Suhrit-Samhitas.
Vyasa is the compiler of the Puranas from age to age; and for this age, he is
Krishnadvaipayana, the son of Parasara.
The Puranas were written to popularise the religion of the Vedas. They contain
the essence of the Vedas. The aim of the Puranas is to impress on the minds of
the masses the teachings of the Vedas and to generate in them devotion to God,
through concrete examples, myths, stories, legends, lives of saints, kings and
great men, allegories and chronicles of great historical events. The sages made
use of these things to illustrate the eternal principles of religion. The Puranas
were meant, not for the scholars, but for the ordinary people who could not
understand high philosophy and who could not study the Vedas.
The Darsanas are very stiff. They are meant only for the learned few. The
Puranas are meant for the masses with inferior intellect. Religion is taught in a
very easy and interesting way through these Puranas. Even to this day, the
Puranas are popular. The Puranas contain the history of remote times. They also
give a description of the regions of the universe not visible to the ordinary
physical eye. They are very interesting to read and are full of information of all
kinds. Children hear the stories from their grandmothers. Pundits and Purohits
hold Kathas in temples, on banks of rivers and in other important places.
Agriculturists, labourers and bazaar people hear the stories.
The Eighteen Puranas
There are eighteen main Puranas and an equal number of subsidiary Puranas or
Upa-Puranas. The main Puranas are: Vishnu Purana, Naradiya Purana, Srimad
Bhagavata Purana, Garuda (Suparna) Purana, Padma Purana, Varaha Purana,
Brahma Purana, Brahmanda Purana, Brahma Vaivarta Purana, Markandeya
Purana, Bhavishya Purana, Vamana Purana, Matsya Purana, Kurma Purana,
Linga Purana, Siva Purana, Skanda Purana and Agni Purana. Of these, six are
Sattvic Puranas and glorify Vishnu; six are Rajasic and glorify Brahma; six are
Tamasic and they glorify Siva.
Neophytes or beginners in the spiritual Path are puzzled when they go through
Siva Purana and Vishnu Purana. In Siva Purana, Lord Siva is highly eulogised
and an inferior position is given to Lord Vishnu. Sometimes Vishnu is belittled.
In Vishnu Purana, Lord Hari is highly eulogised and an inferior status is given to
Lord Siva. Sometimes Lord Siva is belittled. This is only to increase the faith of
the devotees in their particular Ishta-Devata. Lord Siva and Lord Vishnu are
one.
167
The best among the Puranas are the Srimad Bhagavata and the Vishnu Purana.
The most popular is the Srimad Bhagavata Purana. Next comes Vishnu Purana.
A portion of the Markandeya Purana is well known to all Hindus as Chandi, or
Devimahatmya. Worship of God as the Divine Mother is its theme. Chandi is
read widely by the Hindus on sacred days and Navaratri (Durga Puja) days.
The Srimad Bhagavata Purana and the Ten Avataras
The Srimad Bhagavata Purana is a chronicle of the various Avataras of Lord
Vishnu. There are ten Avataras of Vishnu. The aim of every Avatara is to save
the world from some great danger, to destroy the wicked and protect the
virtuous. The ten Avataras are: Matsya (The Fish), Kurma (The Tortoise),
Varaha (The Boar), Narasimha (The Man-Lion), Vamana (The Dwarf),
Parasurama (Rama with the axe, the destroyer of the Kshatriya race),
Ramachandra (The hero of Ramayana—the son of Dasaratha), who destroyed
Ravana, Sri Krishna, The teacher of the Gita, Buddha (The prince-ascetic,
founder of Buddhism) and Kalki (The hero riding on a white horse, who is to
come at the end of the Kali-Yuga).
The object of the Matsya Avatara was to save Vaivasvata Manu from
destruction by a deluge. The object of Kurma Avatara was to enable the world to
recover some precious things which were lost in the deluge. The Kurma gave its
back for keeping the churning rod when the Gods and the Asuras churned the
ocean of milk. The purpose of Varaha Avatara was to rescue, from the waters,
the earth which had been dragged down by a demon named Hiranyaksha. The
purpose of Narasimha Avatara, half-lion and half-man, was to free the world
from the oppression of Hiranyakasipu, a demon, the father of Bhakta Prahlada.
The object of Vamana Avatara was to restore the power of the gods which had
been eclipsed by the penance and devotion of King Bali. The object of
Parasurama Avatara was to deliver the country from the oppression of the
Kshatriya rulers. Parasurama destroyed the Kshatriya race twenty-one times.
The object of Rama was to destroy the wicked Ravana. The object of Sri
Krishna Avatara was to destroy Kamsa and other demons, to deliver His
wonderful message of the Gita in the Mahabharata war, and to become the
centre of the Bhakti schools of India. The object of Buddha Avatara was to
prohibit animal sacrifices and teach piety. The object of the Kalki Avatara is the
destruction of the wicked and the re-establishment of virtue.
The Tamil Puranas
Lord Siva incarnated himself in the form of Dakshinamurti to impart knowledge
to the four Kumaras. He took human form to initiate Sambandhar,
Manikkavasagar, Pattinathar. He appeared in flesh and blood to help his
devotees and relieve their sufferings. The divine Lilas of Lord Siva are recorded
168
in the Tamil Puranas like Siva Purana, Periya Purana, Siva Parakramam and
Tiruvilayadal Purana.
The Upa-Puranas
The eighteen Upa-Puranas are: Sanatkumara, Narasimha, Brihannaradiya,
Sivarahasya, Durvasa, Kapila, Vamana, Bhargava, Varuna, Kalika, Samba,
Nandi, Surya, Parasara, Vasishtha, Devi-Bhagavata, Ganesa and Hamsa.
Utility of the Puranas
Study of the Puranas, listening to sacred recitals of scriptures, describing and
expounding of the transcendent Lilas of the Blessed Lord—these form an
important part of Sadhana of the Lord’s devotees. It is most pleasing to the Lord.
Sravana is a part of Navavidha-Bhakti. Kathas and Upanyasas open the springs
of devotion in the hearts of hearers and develop Prema-Bhakti which confers
immortality on the Jiva.
The language of the Vedas is archaic, and the subtle philosophy of Vedanta and
the Upanishads is extremely difficult to grasp and assimilate. Hence, the Puranas
are of special value as they present philosophical truths and precious teachings
in an easier manner. They give ready access to the mysteries of life and the key
to bliss. Imbibe their teachings. Start a new life of Dharma-Nishtha and
Adhyatmic Sadhana from this very day.
The Agamas
Another class of popular scriptures are the Agamas. The Agamas are theological
treatises and practical manuals of divine worship. The Agamas include the
Tantras, Mantras and Yantras. These are treatises explaining the external
worship of God, in idols, temples, etc. All the Agamas treat of (i) Jnana or
Knowledge, (ii) Yoga or Concentration, (iii) Kriya or Esoteric Ritual and (iv)
Charya or Exoteric Worship. They also give elaborate details about ontology
and cosmology, liberation, devotion, meditation, philosophy of Mantras, mystic
diagrams, charms and spells, temple-building, image-making, domestic
observances, social rules, public festivals, etc.
The Agamas are divided into three sections: The Vaishnava, the Saiva and the
Sakta. The three chief sects of Hinduism, viz., Vaishnavism, Saivism and
Saktism, base their doctrines and dogmas on their respective Agamas. The
Vaishnava Agamas or Pancharatra Agamas glorify God as Vishnu. The Saiva
Agamas glorify God as Siva and have given rise to an important school of
philosophy known as Saiva-Siddhanta, which prevails in South India,
particularly in the districts of Tirunelveli and Madurai. The Sakta Agamas or
Tantras glorify God as the Mother of the Universe, under one of the many
names of Devi.
169
The Agamas do not derive their authority from the Vedas, but are not
antagonistic to them. They are all Vedic in spirit and character. That is the
reason why they are regarded as authoritative.
The Vaishnava Agamas
The Vaishnava Agamas are of four kinds: the Vaikhanasa, Pancharatra,
Pratishthasara and Vijnanalalita. The Brahma, Saiva Kaumara, Vasishtha,
Kapila, Gautamiya and the Naradiya are the seven groups of the Pancharatras.
The Naradiya section of the Santi-Parva of the Mahabharata is the earliest
source of information about the Pancharatras.
Vishnu is the Supreme Lord in the Pancharatra Agamas. The Vaishnavas regard
the Pancharatra Agamas to be the most authoritative. They believe that these
Agamas were revealed by Lord Vishnu Himself. Narada-Pancharatra says:
“Everything from Brahma to a blade of grass is Lord Krishna.” This corresponds
to the Upanishadic declaration: “All this is, verily, Brahman—Sarvam
Khalvidam Brahma.”
There are two hundred and fifteen of these Vaishnava texts. Isvara,
Ahirbudhnya, Paushkara, Parama, Sattvata, Brihad-Brahma and Jnanamritasara
Samhitas are the important ones.
The Saiva Agamas
The Saivas recognise twenty-eight Agamas, of which the chief is Kamika. The
Agamas are also the basis of Kashmir Saivism which is called the Pratyabhijna
system. The latter works of Pratyabhijna system show a distinct leaning to
Advaitism. The Southern Saivism, i.e., Saiva Siddhanta and the Kashmir
Saivism, regard these Agamas as their authority, besides the Vedas. Each
Agama has Upa-Agamas. Of these, only fragmentary texts of twenty are extant.
Lord Siva is the central God in the Saiva Agamas. They are suitable to this age,
Kali Yoga. They are open to all castes and both the sexes.
The Sakta Agamas
There is another group of scriptures known as the Tantras. They belong to the
Sakta cult. They glorify Sakti as the World-Mother. They dwell on the Sakti
(energy) aspect of God and prescribe numerous courses of ritualistic worship of
the Divine Mother in various forms. There are seventy-seven Agamas. These are
very much like the Puranas in some respects. The texts are usually in the form of
dialogues between Siva and Parvati. In some of these, Siva answers the
questions put by Parvati, and in others, Parvati answers, Siva questioning.
Mahanirvana, Kularnava, Kulasara, Prapanchasara, Tantraraja, Rudra-Yamala,
Brahma-Yamala, Vishnu-Yamala and Todala Tantra are the important works.
The Agamas teach several occult practices some of which confer powers, while
170
the others bestow knowledge and freedom. Sakti is the creative power of Lord
Siva. Saktism is really a supplement to Saivism.
Among the existing books on the Agamas, the most famous are the Isvara-
Samhita, Ahirbudhnya-Samhita, Sanatkumara-Samhita, Narada-Pancharatra,
Spanda-Pradipika and the Mahanirvana-Tantra.
The Six Darsanas
These are the intellectual section of the Hindu writings, while the first four are
intuitional, and the fifth inspirational and emotional. Darsanas are schools of
philosophy based on the Vedas. The Agamas are theological. The Darsana
literature is philosophical. The Darsanas are meant for the erudite scholars who
are endowed with acute acumen, good understanding, power of reasoning and
subtle intellect. The Itihasas, Puranas and Agamas are meant for the masses. The
Darsanas appeal to the intellect, while the Itihasas, Puranas, etc., appeal to the
heart.
Philosophy has six divisions—Shad-darsana—the six Darsanas or ways of
seeing things, usually called the six systems or six different schools of thought.
The six schools of philosophy are the six instruments of true teaching or the six
demonstrations of Truth. Each school has developed, systematised and
correlated the various parts of the Veda in its own way. Each system has its
Sutrakara, i.e., the one great Rishi who systematised the doctrines of the school
and put them in short aphorisms or Sutras.
The Sutras are terse and laconic. The Rishis have condensed their thoughts in
the aphorisms. It is very difficult to understand them without the help of
commentaries by great sages or Rishis. Hence, there arose many commentators
or Bhashyakaras. There are glosses, notes and, later, commentaries on the
original commentaries.
The Shad-Darsanas (the six schools of philosophy) or the Shat-Sastras are: the
NYAYA, founded by Gautama Rishi, the VAISESHIKA by Kanada Rishi, the
SANKHYA by Kapila Muni, the YOGA by Patanjali Maharshi, the PURVA
MIMAMSA by Jaimini, and the UTTARA MIMAMSA or VEDANTA by
Badarayana or Vyasa. The Darsanas are divided into three pairs of aphoristic
compositions which explain the philosophy of the Vedas in a rationalistic
method of approach. They are: the Nyaya and the Vaiseshika, the Sankhya and
the Yoga, and the Mimamsa and the Vedanta. Each set of Sutras has got its
Bhashya, Vritti, Varttika, Vyakhyana or Tika and Tippani.
171
Sutra
Svalpaksharam-asandigdham
Saravad-visvatomukham
Astobham-anavadyam cha
Sutram sutravido viduh
A Sutra or an aphorism is a short formula with the least possible number of
letters, without any ambiguity or doubtful assertion, containing the very essence,
embracing all meanings, without any stop or obstruction and absolutely faultless
in nature.
The Sutrakara or the composer of the aphorisms is said to be as happy as one
would be while getting the first male child, if he is but able to reduce one letter
in his abstruse Sutra of far-fetched words and ideas. The best example of the
greatest, the tersest and the most perfect of Sutra literature is the series of
aphorisms called the Ashtadhyayi composed by Panini. Panini is the father of all
Sutrakaras from whom all others seem to have borrowed the method of
composition. The Sutras are meant to explain a big volume of knowledge in
short assertions suitable to be kept in memory at all times. The six Vedangas and
the six systems of Hindu philosophy form the twelve sets of Sutra literature of
the world. In addition to these, there are later compositions like the Narada-
Bhakti Sutras, the Sandilya-Bhakti Sutras, etc., which also wish to assume an
equal form with the famous Sutras mentioned above.
Bhashya
Sutrartho varnyate yatra
Padaih sutranusaribhih
Svapadani cha varnyante
Bhashyam bhashyavido viduh
A Bhashya is an elaborate exposition, a commentary on the Sutras, with word by
word meaning of the aphoristic precepts, their running translation, together with
the individual views of the commentator or the Bhashyakara. The best and the
exemplary Bhashya in Sanskrit literature is the one written by Patanjali on the
Vyakarana Sutras of Panini. This Bhashya is so very famous and important that
it is called the MAHABHASHYA and its celebrated author is specially called
the BHASHYAKARA. Patanjali is the father of Bhashyakaras. The next
important Bhashya is the one on the Mimamsa Sutras written by Sabara-Swamin
who learnt the art from Patanjali’s commentary. The third important Bhashya
was written by Sankara on the Brahma Sutras, in close following with the
172
Sabara-Bhashya. The Bhashyas on the six sets of aphorisms dealing with Indian
philosophy were written by Vatsyayana, Prasastapada, Vijnanabhikshu, Vyasa,
Sabara and Sankara. On the Vedanta or Brahma Sutras, there are about sixteen
Bhashyas, like those of Ramanuja, Madhva, Vallabha, Nimbarka, etc.
Vritti
Sadvrittih sannibandhana
A Vritti is a short gloss explaining the aphorisms in a more elaborate way, but
not as extensively as a Bhashya. An example is Bodhayana’s Vritti on the
Brahma Sutras.
Varttika
Uktanuktaduruktanam
Chinta yatra pravartate
Tam grantham varttikam prahuh
Varttikajnavichakshanah
A Varttika is a work where a critical study is made of that which is said and left
unsaid or imperfectly said in a Bhashya, and the ways of making it perfect by
supplying the omissions therein, are given. Examples are the Varttikas of
Katyayana on Panini’s Sutras, of Suresvara on Sankara’s Upanishad-Bhashyas,
and of Kumarila Bhatta on the Sabara-Bhashya on the Karma-Mimamsa.
Vyakhyana or Tika
A Vyakhyana is a running explanation in an easier language of what is said in
the original, with little elucidations here and there. A Vyakhyana, particularly of
a Kavya, deals with eight different modes of dissection of the Sloka, like Pada-
Chheda, Vigraha, Sandhi, Alankara, Anuvada, etc. This forms an important
aspect in the study of Sanskrit Sahitya Sastra. An Anu-Vyakhyana—like the one
written by Sri Madhva—is a repetition of what is already written, but in greater
detail. An Anuvada is merely a running translation or statement of an abstruse
text of the original. Tika is only another name for Vyakhyana. The best
Vyakhyanas are of Vachaspati Misra on the Darsanas, especially on Sankara’s
Brahmasutra-Bhashya.
Tippani
Tippani is just like a Vritti, but is less orthodox than the Vritti. It is an
explanation of difficult words or phrases occurring in the original. Examples are
Kaiyata’s gloss on the Mahabhashya of Patanjali, Nagojibhatta’s gloss on
173
Kaiyata’s gloss, or Appayya’s gloss on Amalananda’s gloss on the Bhamati of
Vachaspati Misra.
Other Scriptures
The Tevaram and the Tiruvachakam which are the hymns of the Saiva saints of
South India, the Divya-Prabandham of the Alvar saints of South India, the songs
of Kabir, the Abhangas of Tukaram and the Ramayana of Tulasi Das—all of
which are the outpourings of great realised souls—are wonderful scriptures.
They contain the essence of the Vedas.
174
even superior to the Kavyas and the Natakas. The best Alankara-Granthas are
those of Mammata (Kavyaprakasa) and Jagannatha (Rasagangadhara).
Conclusion
These constitute the entirety of Sanskrit literature—sacred and secular. The Sruti
is the root; the Smritis, Itihasas and Puranas are the trunk; the Agamas and
Darsanas are the branches; and the Subhashitas, Kavyas, Natakas and Alankaras
are the flowers of the tree of India’s Culture.
The Smritis, the Itihasas, the Puranas, the Agamas and the Darsanas are only
developments of the Veda. Their ultimate source is the Veda. Their one common
aim is to enable man to annihilate his ignorance and attain perfection, freedom,
immortality and eternal bliss through knowledge of God or the Eternal. Their
purpose is to make man like God and one with Him.
A Scientific Metaphor
Fritzof Capra in his article "The Dance of Shiva: The Hindu View of Matter in
the Light of Modern Physics," and later in The Tao of Physics beautifully relates
Nataraj's dance with modern physics. He says that "every subatomic particle not
only performs an energy dance but also is an energy dance; a pulsating process
of creation and destruction…without end…For the modern physicists, then
Shiva's dance is the dance of subatomic matter.
175
Hindu Sacred Texts Glossary
A
Abhimanyu (अभिमन्यु): Son of Arjuna and Subhadra who was married to
Uttara, daughter of King Virata. He was deceitfully killed by the Kauravas
during Kurukshetra.
Adi Shankara (आभद शङ्कर): The first Hindu philosopher who consolidated the
principles of the Advaita Vedanta philosophy.
Aditi (अभदभत): A goddess of the sky, consciousness, the past, the future and
fertility.
176
Advaita Vedanta (अद्वै त वे दान्त): A school of Hindu philosophy often called a
monistic or non-dualistic system which refers to the indivisibility of the Self
(Atman) from the Whole (Brahman).
Agastya (अगस्त्य): A great sage whose life-story the Pandavas learnt while on
pilgrimage to holy places, his wife Lopamudra was equally a great sage in her
own right.
Ahi (अभह): Means ("snake"), Vritra was also known in the Vedas as Ahi cognate
with Azhi Dahaka of Zoroastrian mythology and he is said to have had three
heads.
Ahamkara (अहं कार): A Sanskrit term that refers to the ego of one's self, the
identification of one's own ego.
177
Amarāvati (अमरावती): The city of Indra
Amrit (अमृत): Ambrosia, the food of the gods, which makes the partaker
immortal.
Ananta (अिि् त): Ananta may be 1.The thousand headed nāga that issued from
Balrāma's mouth 2. Author and commentator of Katyayana sutra 3. Ananta was
the name of present Shekhawati region of Rajasthan in India.
Andhaka (अं िक): Andhaka was the demon son of Shiva, and was created from
a drop of his sweat. He was born blind. After birth, Andhaka was given to
Hiranyaksha to be raised, as he had no sons. Later, Andhaka became the king of
Hiranyaksha's kingdom.
Anusuya (अिु सूया): Sati Anusuya was wife of the sage Atri and mother of
Dattatreya (दत्तात्रेय) who is considered by some Hindus (in western India) to be
an incarnation of the Divine Trinity Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva.
178
Araṇi (अरभि): An upper and a lower piece of wood used for producing fire by
attrition.
Āraṇyaka (आरण्यक): Part of the Hindu Śruti that discuss philosophy, sacrifice
and the New Year holiday.
Arjuna (अजुयि): The third of Pāndavas and Krishna's cousin. His doubts on the
battle field led to Krishna expounding the Gita.[1]
Artha (अथय ): Wealth, one of the objects of human life, the others being Dharma,
(righteous- ness), Kama (satisfaction of desires), Moksha (spiritual salvation).
Arundhati (अरुंिभत): Wife of sage Vashishta. She was one of the nine
daughters of Kardama Prajapati and his wife Devahuti.
Arya: 'Noble or Pious.' Was also used as another name for ancient vedic
bharatas tribe, whose main rival tribe were the Dasas.
Asamanja (असमंज): Son of Sāgra
Ashvatthāman (अश् वत् थामां ): Son of Dronacharya and last supreme commander
of the Kaurava force, strong as a horse
Ashwasena (अश् वसे ि): Son of Naga Takshaka, who was saved by Indra, while
Khandavavana was put into flame by Pandavas. Five mighty arrows shot by
Karna
Asita (अभसत): A sage who held that gambling was ruinous and should be
avoided by all wise people.
Ātma (आत् मा): The underlying metaphysical self, sometimes translated as spirit
or soul.
B
Binod: The Father of intillegent son Birat
Birat: The intillegent son of Binod Timsina and Ganga Timsina
Babhruvahana: Babhruvahana was son of Arjuna by his wife Chitrāngadā.
Bahlika (बाभिक), Dasharna (दशिय ): States the kings of which were Kalinga,
Magadha, friendly to the Pandavas, Matsya, Panchala, Salva.
Bahu (बाहु): A king of the Solar race. who was vanquished and driven out of his
country by the tribes of Haihayas and TaIajanghas. He was father of Sagara.
Bahuka (बाहुक): The changed name of Nala, as a charioteer of Rituparna, the
king of Ayodhya. Also other name of king Bahu.
Bakāsura (बकासु र): A voracious, cruel and terribly strong Rakshasa or demon
who lived in a cave near the city of Ekachakrapura whom Bhima killed to the
great relief of the citizens.
Baṇāsura (बािासु र): Banasura was a thousand-armed asura and son of Bali. He
was a powerful and terrible asura. All people even the king of earth and Devas
180
of heaven were afraid of him. Banasura was a follower of Shiva. He had a
beautiful daughter named Usha.
Bhadrakālī (िद्रकाली): Bhadrakālī is also known as the gentle Kali, who came
into being by Devi's wrath, when Daksha insulted Shiva. She is the consort of
Virabhadra.
Bhagīratha (िगीरथ): Son of Dilipa, king of Kosala who worshipped Shiva and
brought down Ganges.
Bhaktī (िक्ति): A Sanskrit term that means intense devotion expressed by action
(service). A person who practices bhakti is called bhakta.
Bhaktī Yoga (िक्ति योग): The Hindu term for the spiritual practice of fostering
of loving devotion to God, called bhakti.[2]
Bhīshma (िीष् म): Bhīshma was son of Shāntanu, the great Knight and guardian
of the imperial house of Kurus.
Bhuminjaya (िुभमंजय): Another name of prince Uttara son of Virata who had
proceeded to fight the Kaurava armies, with Brihannala as his charioteer.
Bibhatsu (भबित् सु): One of Arjuna's name meaning a hater of unworthy acts.
Brahmā (ब्रह्मा): Creator of the universe, The Hindu creator god, and one of the
Trimurti, the others being Vishnu and Shiva. He must not be confused with the
Supreme Cosmic Spirit of Hindu philosophy Brahman.
Braj (ब्रज): Braj (also known as Brij or Brajbhoomi) is a region in Uttar Pradesh
of India, around Mathura-Vrindavan. It is considered to be the land of Krishna
and is derived from the Sanskrit word vraja.
Brihadaswa (बृहदास् व): A great sage who visited the Pandavas during their
forest hermitage and reminded them of King Nala of Nishadha who also lost his
kingdom in the game of dice and who deserted his wife Damayanti because of a
curse but ultimately regained both.[3]
Brindavan (बृन्दावि): A town on the site of an ancient forest which is the region
where Lord Krishna spent his childhood days. It lies in the Braj region.
183
C
Caste (कास् ट): Portuguese word to describe in a western context the Hindu
system of classification of peoples (jāti)
Champā (चम्पा): A city on banks of the Ganges river where Karna found as a
babe by Adhiratha and Rādhā
Chāndāla (चां डाल): A person of a degraded caste, whose conduct was much
below standard and whose cause pollution.
Channa (चन्न) : A royal servant and head charioteer of Prince Siddhartha, who
was to become the Buddha.
Chekitana (चे भकताि): Chekitana was son of Dhrishtaketu, Raja of the Kekayas,
and an ally of the Pandavas.
184
Chitra (भचत्र): A son of Dhritarashtra killed in the war.
Chitraksha (भचत्राक्ष): One of the many sons of King Dhritarashtra who fell in
the war.
Chitrakūta (भचत्रकूट): Chitrakūta was in mountain forests where Rama, Sita and
Lakshmana spent eleven and half years of their exile; The hermitages of
Vālmīki, Atri, Sati Anusuya, Dattatreya, Maharshi Markandeya, Sarbhanga,
Sutikshna were here; and here the principal trinity of the Hindu pantheon,
Brahma, Vishnu and Mahesh, took their incarnations.
Chitrayudha (भचत्रयुद्ि): A Kaurava prince who laid down his life in the war.
Chyavana (च् यवि): A great rishi, husband of beautiful wife Sukanyā whom
Ashvins beheld at her bath
D
Dāruka (दारुक): Sri Krishna's charioteer.
Dadhichi: Dadhichi was a Vedic king, son of Atharvan, who turned a great
Rishi. Dadhicha gave his bones to destroy Vritra, a brahmin, who became the
head of the Asuras.
185
Daityas (दै त्य): Daityas were the children of Diti and the sage Kashyapa. They
were a race of giants who fought against the gods.
Daksha (दक्ष): The skilled one, is an ancient creator god, one of the Prajapatis,
the Rishis and the Adityas, and a son of Brahma.
Damayantī (दमयंती): She is the wife of Nala whose story is told in the
Mahabharata.
Dandaka (दं डक): A kingdom and a forest, had the same name, was a colonial
state of Lanka under the reign of Ravana. Ravana's governor Khara ruled this
province. It was the stronghold of all the Rakshasa tribes living in the Dandaka
Forest.
Devadatta (दे वदत् त): Name of Arjuna's conch, also Buddha's cousin.
Deva (दे व): The Sanskrit word for god or deity. It can be interpreted as a demi-
god, deity or any supernatural being of high excellence.
Devarata (दे वरत): Father of Yajnavalkya, the gods had given him a great bow
and neither gods, nor gandharvas, nor asuras, nor rākshsa, nor men had might to
string that.
186
Devala (दे वल): A sage who condemned the game of dice as an evil form of
gambling and declared it unfit as entertainment for good people, as it usually
offered scope for deceit and dishonesty.
Devavrata (दे वव्रत): The eighth child of Santanu and Ganga who in time
mastered the art yielding arms and learned the Vedas and Vedanta as also the
sciences known to Sukra was crowned Yuvaraja (heir apparent), but later vowed
to celibacy and was known as Bhishma.
Devī (दे वी): The female version of a Deva, i.e. a female deity or goddess. Devi is
considered to be the Supreme Goddess in Shaktism.
Dharma (िमय): Righteous course of conduct. Can mean law, rule or duty. Beings
that live in harmony with Dharma proceed quicker towards moksha.
Dhanusaksha (ििु सक्ष): A great sage whom Medhavi, son of sage Baladhi, once
insulted. He took the form of a bull and butted at that mountain and broke it to
pieces. Then Medhavi fell down dead.
Dhrishtadyumna (िृ ष्टद् युम्ि): Supreme commander of the Pandava forces and
twin brother of Draupadi.
187
Dhrishtaketu (िृ ष्टकेतु ): Dhrishtaketu may be 1. A son of Dhrishtadyumna. 2.
A son of Shishupala, king of Chedi, and an ally of the Pandavas. 3. A king of the
Kekayas, also an ally of the Pandavas. 4. Son of Satyadhriti. 5. Son of Nriga.
Dhritarāshtra (िृ तराष् टर): Elder son of Vichitravirya and Ambika, born blind,
father of Duryodhana.
Dhruva (ध्रु व): Dhruva was the prince blessed to eternal existence and glory as
the Pole Star (Dhruva Nakshatra in Sanskrit) by Lord Vishnu. The story of
Dhruva's life is often told to children as an example for perseverance, devotion,
steadfastness and fearlessness.
Dhumrāksha (िु मराक्ष): The Grey-eye rākshasha appointed by Rāvana who was
slain by Hanumāna.
Duhsāsana (दु ुःशासि): brother of Duryodhana who dragged Draupadi into the
assembly hall and attempted to strip her naked after she had been lost as a wager
by Yudhishthira. He eventually gave up when Krishna came to Draupadi's aid.
188
The pandava Bhima killed him at Kurukshetra and drank his blood in
accordance with the vow he had taken.[1]
Durgā (दु गाय ): A form of Devi, the supreme goddess. She is depicted as a woman
riding a lion with multiple hands carrying weapons and assuming mudras.
Durjaya (दु जयय): A brother of Duryodhana who was sent to attack Bhima, to
save Karna's life but lost his own.
Durvāsa (दु वाय स): An ancient sage known for his anger who visited the Kauravas.
Duryodhana asked him to visit his cousins, the Pandavas, hoping that they
would incur his wrath.[1]
Durvishaha (दु भवय षह): A warrior fighting on the Kaurava side.
Duryodhana (दु योिि): The eldest son of the blind king Dhritarashtra by Queen
Gandhari, the eldest of the one hundred Kaurava brothers, and the chief
antagonist of the Pandavas.
Dushyanta (दु ष्यंत): A valiant king of the Lunar, race, and descended from Puru.
He was husband of Sakuntala, by whom he had a son, Bharata. The loves of
Dushyanta and Sakuntala, her separation from him, and her restoration through
the discovery of his token-ring in the belly of a fish, form the plot of Kalidasa's
celebrated play Sakuntala.
Dvaitavana (द्वै तवि): Dvaita Forest or Dvaitavana was situated to the south of
the Kamyaka Forest. It contained within it a lake called the Dwaita lake. It was
on the south-western outskirts of Kurujangala, near the borders of the desert
189
(northern extension of the Thar desert into Haryana) (3,176). It also lay on the
banks of the Saraswati River (known there as the Bhogavati) (3-24,176).
Dwaitayana (द्वै तायि): A forest where the Kaurava, cows were being bred and
housed.
Dwārakā (द्वारका): Krishna renounced war in Mathura for the greater good and
founded and settled in Dwārakā. Leaving the Vrishnis people in Dwaraka,
Krishna returned to Mathura and killed Kamsa (his maternal uncle) and
Kālayavans demon and made Ugrasen (his maternal grandfather) the king of
Mathura.
E
Ekachakra (एकचक्र): It was a city where the Pandavas are said to have lived
here with their mother, Kunti, when they were exiled to the forest and escaped
from the burning of house of lac.
Ekalavya (एकलव् य): He was a young prince of the Nishadha tribes, who
achieves a skill level parallel to the great Arjuna, despite Drona's rejection of
him. He was a member of low caste and he wished to study in the gurukulam of
Dronacharya.
F
Fire-God: Same as Agni.
Flute: Lord Krishna had a flute (called a Bansuri in Indian languages) which he
used to play in the woods and all the herd-girls of Braj used to go out on the
voice of this flute.
G
Gajasura (गजासु र): Gajasura (elephant demon) is the name used to refer to
demon Nila when he took the form of an elephant and attacked Shiva. He was
destroyed by Ganapati.
Gaṇapati (गिपभत): Lord of the territory, The fulfiller of desire, the god of
merchants, Second son of Shiva and Pārvati. Amanuensis of Vyasa who agreed
190
to write down without pause or hesitation the story of the Mahabharata dictated
by Vyasa.
Gaṇesha (गिे श): The god of good fortune, commonly identified for his
elephant head.
Gāndhārī (गां िारी): Dhritarashtra's wife and queen mother of the Kauravas.
Gangadwara (गंगद्वार): A place where sage Agastya and his wife performed
penance.
Gopāla (गोपाल): Name of Krishna indicating his origin as a god of flocks and
herds.
191
Govardhan (गोविय ि): Govardhan is a hill located near the town of Vrindavan in
India.
Govinda (गोभवि् द): One of the epithets of Sri Krishna and Vishnu; it means a
cow-keeper and refers to Krishna's occupation in Gokula, the colony of
cowherds
Grihastha (गृहस् थ): The second of the four phases(Purushartha) of a man, when
a person gets married and settles down in life and begets children.
Guru Pūrṇimā (गुरु पू भिय मा): The day of full moon, Purnima, in the month of
Ashadh of the Hindu calendar is traditionally celebrated by Hindus as Guru
Pūrṇimā. On this day, devotees offer puja (worship) to their Guru.
H
Hamsa (हं स), Hidimbā (भहभडम्बा), Kamsa (कंस): Allies of King Jarasandha; the
last married the two daughters of Jarasandha. Also Krishna's step-uncle whom
Krishna killed.
Hanumāna (हिु माि): Wise and learned monkey devotee of Sri Rama, who
possessed extraordinary powers of discrimination and wisdom and who searched
and found Sita in her confinement in Lanka. Son of Vayu and Anjana.
Hastināpura (हस् भतिापु र): Hastinapura is the capital and the kingdom of the
Kauravas, the descendants of Kuru, which include the Pandavas. The throne of
this city is the prize over which the great war of the epic is fought.
192
Hidimbā (भहभडम्बा): A powerful Asura, who had yellow eyes and a horrible
aspect. He was a cannibal, and dwelt in the forest to which the Pandavas retired
after the burning of their house. He had a sister named Hidimbi, whom he sent
to lure the Pandavas to him; but on meeting with Bhima, she fell in love with
him. By his mother's desire Bhima married her, and by her had a son named
Ghatotkacha.
Hindu scripture: Sacred texts of Hinduism mostly written in Sanskrit. Hindu
scripture is divided into two categories: Śruti – that which is heard (i.e.
revelation) and Smriti – that which is remembered (i.e. tradition, not revelation).
Hinduism: A worldwide religious tradition that is based on the Vedas and is the
direct descendent of the Vedic religion. It encompasses many religious traditions
that widely vary in practice, as well as many diverse sects and philosophies.
Hiranyakashipu (भहरि् यकश्यप): Hiranyakashipu was an Asura, and also a
King of Dravida whose younger brother, Hiranyaksha was killed by Varaha, one
of the avatars of Vishnu. Identical with Shishupāla and Rāvana.
Hiranyaksha (भहरि् याक्ष): Hiranyaksha was an Asura of the Daitya race, and a
King of Dravida who was killed by Lord Vishnu after he took the Earth to the
bottom of the ocean. He had an older brother named Hiranyakashipu.
Holikā (होभलका): Holika was a demoness who was killed on the day of Holi.
She was the sister of King Hiranyakashipu. The story of Holika's conflict
signifies the triumph of good over evil.
I
Ikshvaku (इक्ष्वाकु): The word Ikshvaku means "bitter gourd". Ikshvaku was the
first king and founder of the Sun Dynasty in Vedic civilization in ancient India.
He was the son of Manu (the first man on earth), sired by the Sun God, Surya.
Rama, of the epic Ramayana is a descendant of the house of Ikshvaku. So are
Bhagiratha, Dasharatha, Luv and Kusa.
Ilvala (ईवल): Ilvala and Vatapi were asuras, the rulers of Badami, formerly
known as Vatapi, was named after asura king Vatapi.
Indra (इि् द्र): King of the Gods. The chief deity of the Rigveda, the god of
weather and war as well as Lord of Svargaloka in Hinduism.
193
Indrajīt (इि् द्र जीत): Son of Ravana, King of Lanka, also known as Meghanath,
who conquered Indra, the Lord of Gods and received his name 'Indra-jit' (Victor
of Indra), and who was killed by Rama's brother Lakshmana.
Indraprastha (इि् द्रप्रस् थ): Indraprastha (City of Indra) was a major northern
city in ancient India that was the capital of the kingdom led by the Pandavas in
the Mahabharata epic, located upon the banks of the river Yamuna, believed to
be the site of present Purana Qila, in the modern national capital of Delhi.
Indrasena (इि् द्रसे ि): A kinsman of the Pandavas, son of Nala and Damayanti.
Indrakila (इि् द्रभकला): A mountain Arjuna passed on his way to the Himalayas
to practise austerities to acquire powerful new weapons from Lord Mahadeva.
Iravan (इरवि): Arjuna's son by a Naga princess Ulupi who fell in the battle on
the eighth day, fought on the side of the Pandavas, killed by the Rakshasa
Alumvusha.
J
Jāmbavān (जाम्बवाि): Jambavan or Jamvanta is a bear in Hinduism and believe
to lived from Treta Yuga to kaliYuga.
Jambudvīpa (जम्बु द्वीप): The name of the dvipa ("continent") of the terrestrial
world, as envisioned in the cosmologies of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism,
which is the realm where ordinary human beings live. Its name is said to derive
from a Jambu tree.
Janaka (जिक): King of Mithila, a great Rajarishi; father of Sita, wife of Rama.
Janamejaya (जिमेजय): A king who conducted a great sacrifice for the well
being of the human race.
194
Janārdana (जिादय ि): A name of Krishna
Jarita (जररत), Laputa (लपु त): Female companions of a saranga bird, who was a
rishi named Mandapala in his previous birth when he was refused admission to
heaven because he was childless.
Jatāsura (जटासु र): A Rakshasa who disguised himself as a Brahman and carried
Yudhishthira, Sahadeva, Nakula, and Draupadi. He was overtaken and killed by
Bhima.
Jatāyū (जटायू): Jatāyū was king of all the eagles-tribes, the son of Aruna and
nephew of Garuda. A demi-god who has the form of an (eagle), he tries to
rescue Sita from Ravana, when Ravana is on his way to Lanka after kidnapping
Sita. His brother was Sampatī
Jaya (जय): A son of King Dhritarashtra, who was killed by Bhima in the war
Jayadratha (जयद्रथ): A warrior on the side of Kauravas who closed the breach
effected by Abhimanyu in the Chakravyuha military formation by Dronacharya
and trapped him inside.
195
Jnana (ज्ञाि): Knowledge of the eternal and real
K
Kacha (कच): Grandson of sage Angiras and son of Brihaspati, who went to
seek knowledge under Sukracharya as a brahmacharin. Devayani, the preceptor's
lovely daughter, fell in love with him. The Asuras (demons) suspecting him of
wanting to steal the secret of reviving the dead, killed him a number of times.
But due to Devayani's love for him, her father brought him back to life every
time he was killed. Ultimately the secret was learnt by the devas who then
succeeded in defeating the asuras.
Kagola (कगोल): A disciple of the great sage and teacher of Vedanta, Uddalaka.
Although virtuous and energetic, he lacked the intelligence needed to master the
Vedas. He was also the father of Ashtavakra, whose legendary crookedness was
a result of his twisting in the womb whenever Kagola made a mistake in reciting
the Vedas.[1]
Kaikeyī (कैकेयी): She was the youngest of King Dasharatha's three wives and a
queen of Ayodhya. She was the mother of Bharata.
Kali (कभल): Kali was a demon, the personified spirit of the Fourth yuga who
possesses Nala.
196
Kalī Yuga (कली युग): Kalī Yuga (lit. Age of Kali, also known as The Age of
Darkness), is one of the four stages of development that the world goes through
as part of the cycle of Yugas, as described in Hindu scriptures, the others being
Dwapara Yuga, Treta Yuga, and Satya Yuga.
Kālī (काली): A dark, black aspect of the mother-goddess Devi whose consort is
Shiva.
Kālindī (काभलि् दी): Kālindī was daughter of the Surya (Sun) who marries Lord
Krishna while he was ruling at Dwarka, Kālindī is also another name for the
river Yamuna in northern India.
Kāliyā (काभलया): Kāliyā was the name of a poisonous hydra or Nāga living on
the bank of Yamuna River. Kāliyā was quelled by Krishna and sent to his abode
in Ramanaka Dwīpa.
Kāl nāginī (काल िाभगिी): A serpent who kills Lakshmindara, the son of Chand
Sadagar who was a merchant-prince of Champaka Nagar.
Kalki (कक्ति): The tenth Avatar of Vishnu who is yet to come and will appear
as a man on a horse at the end of Kali Yug.
Kāmadhenu (कामिे िु): Kamadhenu was a divine cow believed to be the mother
of all cows. Like her child Nandini, she could grant any wish for the true seeker.
Kamadhenu provided Vasishta with his needs for the sacrifices. Kamadhenu
(kama-dhenu, 'wish-cow'), was a miraculous cow of plenty who could give her
owner whatever he desired.
Kamsa (कंस): Maternal Uncle of Sri Krishna and son of Ugrasena, also son-in-
law of Jarasandha, whom Sri Krishna killed.
197
Kamyaka Forest (काम्यक वि): Kamyaka forest is mentioned in Mahabharata
being situated at the head of the Thar desert, near the lake Trinavindu was
situated on the western boundary of the Kuru Kingdom, on the banks of the
Saraswati River. It lay to the west of the Kurukshetra plain.
Kanyā pūjā (कन्या पू जा):A Hindu custom to worship virgin girls as a symbol of
the pure basic creative force.
Kapila (कभपल ऋभष): A Vedic sage credited as one of the founders of the
Samkhya school of philosophy. He is prominent in the Bhagavata Purana, which
features a theistic version of his Samkhya philosophy.
Karkotaka (ककोटक): The naga who bit Nala at the request of Indra,
transforming Nala into a twisted and ugly shape.
Karma (कमय): A Sanskrit term that comprises the entire cycle of cause and
effect.
Karma Yoga (कमय योग): The practise of disciplining action. Karma yoga
focuses on the adherence to duty (dharma) while remaining detached from the
reward. It states that one can attain Moksha (salvation) by doing his duties in an
unselfish manner.[2]
Karṇa (किय ): A matchless warrior, son of the Sun god and Kunti. Disciple of
Parasurama. Also son of Radha, his foster-mother, and was known as Radheya.
Kārtavīrya (कातय वीयय): A great warrior who defeated Ravana, King of Lanka.
Kārtikeya (काभतय केय): Commander of the armies of the devas, A god born out
of a magical spark created by Shiva, his father. His brother is Ganesha.
198
Kashyapa (कश् यप): An ancient sage, father of the Devas, Asuras, Nagas and all
of humanity. He is married to Aditi, with whom he is the father of Agni and the
Savitrs. His second wife, Diti, begot the Daityas. Diti and Aditi were daughters
of King Daksha and sisters to Sati, Shiva's consort. One of Dashratha's
counsellors also.
Kausalyā (कौसल्या): She was the eldest of King Dasharatha's three wives and a
queen of Ayodhya. She was the mother of Rama.
Kaustubha (कौस्तु ि:): is a divine jewel - the most valuable stone "Mani", which
is in the possession of lord Vishnu.
Kekaya (केकय): A brave warrior on the Pandava side into whose chariot Bhima
got during the fighting on the sixth day. Usinaras, the Sibi, the Madras, and the
Kekayas were the direct descendants of Yayati's son Anu.
Ketama (केतम): Another chief whose head was cut off by Drona.
Khaṇdavaprastha (खाण्डवप्रस् थ): The ancient capital from where the ancestors
of Pandavas, Nahusha and Yayati ruled. The Pandavas rebuilt the ruined city
and erected palaces and forts and renamed it Indraprastha.
Khara (खर): Khara was younger brother of Rāvana who was slain by Rama.
199
Kichak a (भकचक): Sudeshna's brother, commander-in-chief of Virata's army,
who made advances to Sairandhri (Draupadi). He was invited to meet her at
night at the ladies dancing hall and was met instead by Valala (Bhima) dressed
up as a female who killed him (Kichaka).
Kinnars (भकि् िर): Human birds with instruments of music under their wings.
Kirāta (भकरात): Huntsman, The non-Aryan aborigines of the land. They are
mentioned along with Cinas for Chinese. Kiratas are believed to be of Tibeto-
Burman origin.
Kirmira (भकमीर): Kirmira was a Rakshasa, the brother of Bakasura, who lived
in the Kamyaka Forest, and used to terrorize the Rishis who inhabited that
forest. He ran into the Pandavas when they began their exile in the Kamyaka
forest. Upon learning that Bheema was present, who had slain his brother
Bakasura, the Rakshasa then challenged the Pandava to fight. After a fierce
battle, Bhishma choked Kirmira to death.
Kishkindhā (भकक्तिि् िा): Kishkindhā was the kingdom ruled by a Vanara King
Sugreeva, the younger brother of Bali, during the Ramayana period. This was
the kingdom where he ruled with the assistance of his most intelligent minister,
Hanuman.
Krishṇa (कृष् ि): The eighth avatar of Vishnu, one of the most worshipped by
many Hindus. Krishna is famous for his lecture to Arjuna written in the
Bhagavad Gita.
200
Krishna Janmashtami (कृष्ण जन्माष्टमी): A Hindu festival celebrating the birth
of Lord Krishna, an avatar of Hindu deity Vishnu.
Kuchasthala (कुचस् थल): A city where Krishna stayed the night on his way to
the court of Dhritarashtra.
Kumāra (कुमार): Son of Shiva and Parvati who conquered and slew the demon
Taraka.
Kumbha (कुम्भ): Kumbha was a rakshasa who led a host against the monkeys
when Hanumana fetches healing herb.
Kundalpur (कुि् डलपु र): Capital of Raja Bhishmak who was father of Rukmini,
the wife of Krishna.
Kuntī (कुंती): Mother of Pandavas, Daughter of Sura also known as Pritha. She
was given in adoption to the king's childless cousin Kuntibhoja and was named
Kunti after her adoptive father.
201
Kunti-Madri (कुंती-माद्री): Queens of King Pandu who gave birth to three and
two sons known as the Pandavas in the forest where he spent many years for
having committed some sin. The sons were known as Yudhishthira, Bhima,
Arjuna, Nakula, and Sahadeva.
Kurma (कुमय): Tortoise, The second Avatar of Vishnu where he took the form of
a tortoise.
Kurukshetra (कुरुक्षे त्र): Plain of, scene of great battle between the Pandavas and
Kurus for the throne of Hastinapura resulted in a battle in which a number of
ancient kingdoms participated as allies of the rival clans. The location of the
battle was Kurukshetra in the modern state of Haryana in India.
Kurus (कुरु): The name of an Indo-Aryan tribe and their kingdom in the Vedic
civilization of India. Their kingdom was located in the area of modern Haryana.
Bhishma was their guardian.
Kusha (कुश): Kusha and his twin brother Lava are the children of the Hindu
God Rama and his wifeSita, whose story is told in the Ramayana
L
Lakshagrah (लाक्षागृह): The house of lac, The palace made out of lac at Benares
where Pandavas along with Kunti were kept with a sense of banishment.The
house was made with flammable materials which Purochana was to ignite at the
opportune moment with the Pandavas entrapped inside. However, Vidura had
seen through Duryodhana's plan and sent a miner to tunnel a shaft which the
Pandavas used to escape.
Lakshmī (लक्ष्मी): Goddess of prosperity, wealth and good fortune. She is the
consort of Vishnu and an aspect of Devi.
202
Lakshmīndara (लक्ष्मीि् दर): Son of Chand Sadagar who weds Behula. He was
slain by Kal-nagini but restored to life by Mansa.
Lankā (लंका): An island city, generally identified with Ceylon, the home of
Ravana.
Lava (लव): Kusa and Lava were sons of Rama and Sita.
Lomasa (लोमस): A brahmana sage who advised the Pandavas to reduce their
retinue while repairing to the forest. Those unable to bear the hardships of exile
were free to go to the court of Dhritarashtra or Drupada, king of Panchala. He
accompanied Yudhishthira on his wanderings.
Lopamudra (लोपमुद्रा): Daughter of the king of Vidarbha who married the sage
Agastya.
M
Mādhava (मािव): One of the names of Krishna. It means the Lord of Lakshmi.
Madhusudana (मिु सुदि): Another name of Krishna, the slayer of the asura
Madhu.
Mahābhārata (महािारत): One of the two major ancient Sanskrit epics of India,
the other being the Ramayana. The Mahabharata is of religious and
philosophical importance in India; in particular, the Bhagavad Gita, which is one
of its chapters (Bhishmaparva) and a sacred text of Hinduism.
Mahāvishnu (महाभवष् िु): Lord of the Universe who took human birth in order
to wrest his kingdom from Emperor Bali for the salvation of the world. Lord
Vishnu also took birth as Rama, son of Dasharatha, to kill Ravana, King of
Lanka.
203
Mahendra (महे ि्द्र): A King who had attained heaven. Also the name of a
mountain upon which Hanumana rushes while searchin Sita, shaking it in wrath
and frightening every beast that lived in its woods and caves.
Mainaka (मैिक): Another mountain, well wooded and full of fruits and roots,
Hanumana coursed through the air while searchin Sita.
Mālinī (माभलिी): Malini was the name of river that was flowing in the forest
where the ashrama of Kanva rishi was situated and Dushyanta fell in love with
Shakuntala.
Manasā Devī (मि् सादे वी): Manasa Devi the goddess of snakes; the daughter of
Shiva by a beautiful mortal woman. She was no favourite of her step mother,
Bhagavati, or Parvati, Shiva's wife.
Manasaputra (मािसपु त्र): Literally "sons of mind". Wise men, created from the
brain of Brahma. They are listed as Atri, Bharadwaja, Gotama, Jamadagni,
Kashyapa, Vashishtha and Vishwamitra. Some sources add more names to this
list.
Mandavya (मंदव् य): A sage wrongly punished by the king by being impaled as
the chief of robbers who had clandestinely hidden their stolen goods in a corner
of his hermitage when he was in deep contemplation. Lord Dharma gave him
this punishment for having tortured birds and bees in his childhood. At this
204
Mandavya cursed Dharma who was born as Vidura, the wise, to the servant
maid of Ambalika, wife of King Vichitravirya, who offered her to Sage Vyasa in
place of Ambalika.
Mandhatri: Mandhatri was a king, son of Yuvanaswa, of the race of Ikshvaku,
and author of a hymn in the Rigveda.
Mantharā (मंथरा): Mantharā was a servant who convinced Kaikeyi that the
throne of Ayodhya belonged to her son Bharata and that Rama should be exiled
from the kingdom.
Manu Smriti (मिु स्मृभत): The Manusmriti translated Laws of Manu is regarded
as an important work of Hindu law and ancient Indian society. Manu was the
forefather of all humans and author of Manu Smriti. Certain historians believe it
to have been written down around 200 C.E. under the reign of Pushymitra
Shunga of Sangha clan.
Mātalī (मातली): Charioteer of Indra who took Arjuna to the kingdom of gods.
205
Matanga (मतं ग): A rishi during Ramayana period, Rama and Laxman pass by
while searching Sita on way to mountain Rishyamūk on which dwelt Sugriva.
Mathurā (मथु रा): The capital of Yadavas which was invaded by Kams
Matrikas: A group of mother goddesses.
Matsya (मत् स्य): The first Avatar of Vishnu, where he came in the form of a
fish
Māyā (माया): Maya is the limited, purely physical and mental reality in which
our everyday consciousness has become entangled. Maya is believed to be an
illusion, a veiling of the true, unitary Self—the Cosmic Spirit also known as
Brahman. Maya originated in the Hindu scriptures known as the Upanishads.
Mayasura (मयासु र): Maya (मय), or Mayasura was a great ancient king of the
Asura, Daitya and Rakshasa races upon earth. He was also the chief architect of
the peoples of the netherworlds.
Medhavi (मेिवी): Son of Sage Baladhi who desired that his son should live as
long as a certain mountain lasted. Filled with conceit, Medhavi angered
Dhanushaksha who killed him by taking on the form of a bull and butting the
mountain until it was broken to pieces.[1]
Meru (मेरु): An ancient mountain and mythical centre of the universe on which
was situated the city of Brahma. Becoming jealous of Meru, the Vindya began
to grow very high obstructing the sun, the moon and the planets. Agastya whom
the Vindhya mountain respected asked it to stop growing until he crossed it on
his way to the south and returned to the north again. But he did not return at all,
having settled in the south.
206
Moksha (मोक्ष): Refers to liberation from the cycle of death and rebirth. In
higher Hindu philosophy, it is seen as a transcendence of phenomenal being, of
any sense of consciousness of time, space, and causation (karma).
Muchukunda (मुचुकुंद): Muchukunda was a great sage who kills Kalayavan, the
great Yavana warrior king in the Indian epic Mahabharata.
Mukāsura (मुकासु र): Mukāsura was a demon, friend of Kauravas, who was sent
to disturb the austerities, Arjuna was performing at Mount Kailash. Mukāsura
went to forest where Arjuna was practicing his vows of prayer, vigil, and fast
and attacked Arjuna in the form of a boar to kill. At the same time Shiva came in
the form of a huntsman and saved him. Shiva gave Arjuna the Gandiva, the
divine bow, and blessed him.
N
Nachiketa (िभचकेता): Nachiketa was son of a cowherd of the name Vājashrava,
who was offered to Yama to find a place in Heaven by his father. Nachiketatas
with his wits learnt the wisdom taught by death, found the Brahman and was
freed from death.
Nāga (िाग): Nāga is the Sanskrit and Pāli word for a minor deity taking the
form of a very large snake, found in Hindu and Buddhist mythology. The use of
the term nāga is often ambiguous, as the word may also refer, in similar
contexts, to one of several human tribes known as or nicknamed "Nāgas"; to
elephants; and to ordinary snakes, particularly the King Cobra and the Indian
Cobra, the latter of which is still called nāg (िाग) in Hindi and other languages
of India.
Nāgas (िाग): Nāgas were a group who spread throughout India during the
period of the epic Mahabharata. The demi-god tribe called Suparnas (in which
Garuda belonged) were arch-rivals of the Nagas. The well known Nagas are
Ananta, Vasuki, Takshaka, Karkotaka and Airavata.
207
(serpent) were known as Nāgā or Nāgil. The descendants of Nagas were called
Nagavanshi.
Nahusha (िहुष): A mighty king who was made king of the gods because Indra
had disappeared due to his killing Vritra through sin and deceit.
Nala (िल): King of Nishadha who lost his kingdom in a game of dice and
deserted his wife Damayanti because of a curse.
Nanda (िं द): Nanda is head of a tribe of cowherds referred as Holy Gwals and
foster-father of Krishna, who was allegedly given to him by Vasudeva. Nanda
was married to Yasoda. Krishna derives his name Nandalal (meaning son of
Nanda) from him.
Nandi (िं भद): Nandi is the white bull which Shiva rides, and the leader of the
Ganas. The white colour of the bull symbolizes purity and justice.
Narasiṃha (िरभसं ह): The fourth Avatar of Vishnu. He is a mixed form of a man
and a lion.
Nārada (िारद): Narada is the Hindu divine sage, who is an enduring chanter of
the names Hari and Narayana which other names for Vishnu, considered to be
the supreme God by Vaishnavites and many other Hindus. He is regarded the
Manasputra of Brahma as he was born of his thoughts. He is regarded as the
Triloka sanchaari, the ultimate nomad, who roams the three lokas of
Swargaloka, Mrityuloka and Patalloka to find out about the life and welfare of
people.
208
Nārāyaṇa (िारायि): Nārāyaṇa is an important Sanskrit name for Vishnu. The
name is also associated with Brahma and Krishna. He is also identified with, or
as the son of, the original man, Purusha.
Narmadā (िमयदा): The Nerbudda river, one of the most important sacred rivers,
originating from Amarkantak is believed to have descended from the sky by the
order of Lord Shiva. The personified river is variously represented as being
daughter of a Rishi named Mekala (from whom she is called Mekala and
Mekala-kanya), as a daughter of the moon, as a 'mind-born daughter' of the
Somapas, and as sister of the Nagas. It was she who brought Purukutsa to the aid
of the Nagas against the Gandharvas, and the grateful snake-gods made her
name a charm against the venom of snakes.
Navaratri (िवराभत्र): A Hindu festival of worship and dance. The word Navaratri
literally means nine nights in Sanskrit. During these nine nights and ten days,
nine forms of Shakti/Devi are worshipped.
Netā (िे ता): Netā was daughter of Shiva and friend of Manasa Devi.
Nikumbha (भिकुम्ि): One of Ravana's generals who led the rakshasas against
the host of monkeys and was slain.
Nīla (िील): Son of Agni; One of the monkey host placed at the gate guarded by
Prahasta.
O
OmOm, or Aum (ॐ): the most sacred syllable in Hinduism, first coming to
light in the Vedic Tradition. The syllable is sometimes referred to as the
"Udgitha" or "pranava mantra" (primordial mantra); not only because it is
considered to be the primal sound, but also because most mantras begin with it.
P
Pānchajanya (पां चजि् य): Name of Krishna's conch.
Palāsa (पलास): A tree Butea frondosa also called "flame of the forest".
Pānchāla (पां चाल): Pānchāla corresponds to the geographical area between the
Ganges River and Yamuna River around the city of Kanpur and Benares.
Anciently, it was home to an Indian kingdom, the Panchalas, one of the
Mahajanapadas.
Pānchālī (पां चाली): Another name of Draupadi, Queen of the Pandavas and
daughter of King Drupada.
Pānchālya (पां चाल्य): A son of King Drupada who died in the war.
Panchvatī (पं चवटी): The place beside the river Godavari where Rama, Sita and
Laxmana stayed in exile.
Pāṇḍavaḥ (पाि् डव): Pandavas in Sanskrit pāṇḍavaḥ are the five acknowledged
sons of Pandu, by his two wives Kunti and Madri. They are Yudhishthira,
Bhima, Arjuna and Nakula, Sahadeva
Pāṇḍu (पाि् डु): Second son of Vichitravirya and Ambalika who succeeded to
the throne of Hastinapura on his father's death, as his elder brother Dhritarashtra
was born blind, father of the Pandavas.
210
Paramhamsa (परमहं स): The supreme swan
Parashurama (परसु राम): Sixth avatara of Vishnu, the son of Jamadagni. His
name literally means Rama-with-the-axe. He received an axe after undertaking a
terrible penance to please Shiva, from whom he learned the methods of warfare
and other skills. Parashurama's creation was a mistake as his mother was given a
concoction made to produce a Kshatriya child. Parashurama was of mixed
varna.
Paravasu (परवसु ): Son of Raibhva and elder brother of Arvavasu whose wife
was violated by Yavakrida, who was killed with a spear by a fiend for his sin.
Parikshit (पररभक्षत): Son of Abhimanyu and grandson of the Pandavas who was
crowned king after the holocaust claimed the Kauravas and the Pandavas.
Parṇada (पिाय द): The name of a brahman who brought news of Nala to
Damayanti.
Pārvatī (पावय ती): Goddess of love, the consort of Shiva and mother of Ganesha,
Rukmini prayed to her for saving her from the cruel Shishupala king of Chedi,
as she had set her heart on marrying Krishna.
211
Prajāpatī (प्रजापभ त): Prajāpatīs are a group (or one) of creation gods, children
of Brahma, including Daksha.
Prayāg (प्रयाग): The holy place at Allahabad where Ganges and Yamuna meet.
Purāṇa (पु राि): Purana meaning "ancient" or "old" is the name of a genre (or a
group of related genres) of Indian written literature (as distinct from oral
literature). Its general themes are history, tradition and religion. It is usually
written in the form of stories related by one person to another.
Purushārtha (पु रुषाथय ): The four chief aims of human life. Arranged from
lowest to highest, these goals are: sensual pleasures (kama), worldly status and
security (artha), personal righteousness and social morality (dharma), and
liberation from the cycle of reincarnation (moksha).
212
Q
Quest: Hindu philosophy does not take a restrictive view on the fundamental
question of God and the creation of the universe. Instead it lets the individual
seek and discover answers in the quest of life. Seeking to know: 'Who am I?
Where did I come from? Where am I going?'
R
Rādhā (रािा): Rādhā is one of the gopis (cow-herding girls) of the forest of
Vrindavan, Krishna plays with her during his upbringing as a young boy; The
other Radha is the wife of the charioteer Adhiratha, who found an abandoned
new-born boy, whom he named Karna.
Rāhu (राहु): Rahu is a snake that swallows the sun or the moon causing eclipses.
Rahu is one of the navagrahas.
Raibhya (रै भ्य): A sage whose hermitage was situated on the banks of the
Ganges, near Rishikesh, a place, which gets its name, from Lord Vishnu
appearing to him as Hrishikesh. The Pandavas during their wanderings visited it.
This ghat was very holy. Bharata, son of Dasharatha bathed here. Indra was
cleansed of his sin of killing Vritra unfairly by bathing in this ghat. Sanatkumar
became one with God. Aditi, mother of the gods, prayed here to be blessed with
a son.
Radheya (रािे य): Son of Radha, a name of Karna, who as a foundling was
brought up as a son by Radha, the wife of the Charioteer Adhiratha.
Rāma (राम): The Seventh Avatara of Vishnu. The life and heroic deeds of Rama
are written in the Sanskrit epic, The Ramayana.
Ramanaka dwīpa (रमिक द्वीप): The home of Kaliya Naga, a poisonous hydra,
on the banks of Yamuna river.
Rāmāyaṇa (रामायि): Part of the Hindu smriti, written by Valmiki. This epic of
24,000 verses in seven kandas (chapters or books) tells of a Raghuvamsa prince,
Rama of Ayodhya, whose wife Sita is abducted by the rakshasa Ravana.
213
Rāma-navamī (राम िवमी): A Hindu festival, celebrating of the birth of Lord
Rama. The day falls on the Navami, ninth day of the Chaitra month of Hindu
lunar year in 'Shukla paksha'.
Ratī (रती): Ratī is the goddess of passion and lust, and a daughter of Daksha.
She married Kamadeva, the God of love.
Rāvaṇa (रावि): King of Lanka who abducted Sita, the beautiful wife of
Ramachandra. Ravana is depicted in art with up to ten heads, signifying that he
had knowledge spanning all the ten directions.
Rewatī (रे वती): Daughter of Raja Rewat of Arntā who marries Balarama
Rishabha (ऋषि): Rsabha, the bull, a Hindu god mentioned in epic and Puranic
literature, is an unusual avatar of Vishnu. The second note of the Indian gamut
(Shadja, rishabha, gandhara, madhyama, panchama, daivata, nishada -sa, ri, ga,
ma, pa, dha, ni.)
Ṛta (ऋतं ): Vedic principle of natural order believed to regulate and coordinate
the operation of the universe on the natural, moral and sacrificial levels.
Ṛṣi (ऋभष): Rishi, also known as Mantradraṣṭa ("seer of the Mantras") and
Vedavaktāra ("chanter of the Vedas") is a seer who "heard" (cf. śruti) the hymns
of the Vedas. A rishi is regarded as a combination of a patriarch, a priest, a
preceptor, an author of Vedic hymns, a sage, a saint, an ascetic, a prophet and a
hermit into a single person.
Rishyasringa (ऋष्यश्रृं ग): Son of sage Vibhandaka, who had grown up seeing no
mortal except his father. The king of Anga, which was afflicted with a dire
famine, to bring rain and plenty, invited him.
Rituparṇa (ऋतु पिय ): The king of Ayodhya to whom Nala became the
charioteer.
Romapada (रोमपद): King of Anga which was once visited by a great drought.
214
Rudra (रुद्र): A Rigvedic god of the storm, the hunt, death, Nature and the
Wind. Rudra is an early form of Shiva and a name of Shiva in the Shiva
sahasranama.
Ruparekha (रूपरे खा): Lit. meaning a treak of Beauty. A statue in the throne of
Vikramaditya.
Raghu- A boy who lives on a street
S
Shachī (शची): Wife of Indra, king of the gods on whom Nahusha's evil eye fell.
Through the help of Brihaspati, she caused Nahusha's downfall and restored
Indra as the leader of the Devas.[1] She was also known as Indrani.
Sagara (सगर): King Sagar is one of the greatest kings of Suryavansha in the
Satya Yuga. He was king of Ayodhya, ancestor to King Dasharatha. He had two
wives Keshini and Sumati. Asamanja was his son from Keshini.
Sahadéva (सहदे व): Youngest of the Pandava princes who offered the first
honors to Krishna at the Rajasuya sacrifices.
215
Saindhava (सैं िव): Jayadratha.
Śakra (सक्र): Śakra is identified with the Vedic deity Indra. Śakra is sometimes
named as one of the twelve Ādityas.
Shakuni (शकुभि): Shakuni was the brother of Gandhari. He was very fond of his
nephew Duryodhana. He won the Pandavas' half of the kingdom for his nephew,
as a wager in a rigged game of dice.
Shalya (शल्य): Ruler of Madradesa and brother of Madri and uncle of the
Pandavas who because of having received hospitality from Duryodhana went
over to his side.
Samādhi (समाभि): A term used in yogic meditation. Samadhi is also the Hindi
word for a structure commemorating the dead.
Samba : Sambu was son of Krishna, who married Lakshmana, daughter of
Duryodhana.
Sampāti (सिाभत): Sampati was one of the two sons of Aruna, elder brother of
Jatayu. Sampati lost his wings when he was a child.
Samsaptaka (सं सप् तक): One who has taken a vow to conquer or die, and never
to retreat. The Samsaptakas were suicide-squads, vowed to some desperate deed
of daring.
Samsara (सं सार): Means wandering, The tree worlds constitute Samsara. Refers
to the concept of reincarnation or rebirth in Indian philosophical traditions.
Samba (सं ब): A Yadava youngster dressed as a woman who gave birth to a
mace, as foretold by rishis.
Sanjaya (सं जय): The narrator who tells blind Dhritarashtra the progress of the
war from day to day. He told the king that a victim of adverse fate would first
become perverted and loses his sense of right and wrong. Time would destroy
his reason and drive him to his own destruction.
Sankula Yuddha (सं कुल युद्ध): A melee, confused fight, a soldiers battle as
distinguished from the combats of heroes.
Santā (सं ता): Daughter of Dasharatha, Wife of sage Rishyasringa.
Sanyāsin (सन्याभसि): One who has renounced the world and its concerns.
Sarasana (सरसि): One of the Kaurava brothers who died in the war.
Sharmishtha (सरभमष् ठा): Princess and daughter of asura king Vrishaparva, wife
of Yayati, who got angry with Devayani and slapped and pushed her into a dry
well. Sarmishtha gave birth to Druhyu, Anu, and Puru.
Satyaki (सत्यभक): A Yadava warrior, friend of Krishna and the Pandavas who
advocated collecting their forces and defeating the unrighteous Duryodhana.
Savyasachi (सव् यसाभच): Ambidexter, one who can use both hands with equal
facility and effect. A name of Arjuna who could use his bow with the same skill
with either hands.
Shakuntalā (शकुि् तला): Shakuntala was mother of Emperor Bharata and the
wife of Dushyanta. Shakuntala was born of Vishvamitra and Menaka.
Shālwa (शाल्व): The King with whom Ambā was secretly in love.
218
Shankara (शं कर): A name of Shiva; A great magician, friend of Chand Sagar.
Śankha (शं ख): Shankha is the divine Counch or sea shell, which is one of the
insignia in the Hindu God Vishnu's hands. The sound emitted from Shankha
when blown, is too divine, that is used for regular rituals for Vishnu. Śankha
was also the name of one of sons of King Virata who was killed in Mahabharata.
Shaivism (शै व िमय): Shaivism names the oldest of the four sects of Hinduism.
Followers of Shaivism, called "Shaivas", and also "Saivas" or "Saivites", revere
Shiva as the Supreme Being.
Śeṣa (शे ष): Shesha is a naga that takes human birth through Devaki, one of the
primal beings of creation. Equivalent-Ananta or Atī-sheshan. In the Puranas,
Shesha is said to hold all the planets of the universe on his hoods and to
constantly sing the glories of Vishnu from all his mouths.
Shiva (भशव): Shiva is a form of Ishvara or God in the later Vedic scriptures of
Hinduism. Shiva is the supreme God in Shaivism, one of the major branches of
Hinduism practiced in India.
219
Shivi (भशभव): Shivi was a great, powerful and generous king. Indra and Agni
once tested his generosity by becoming birds when the king gave flesh from his
body to fulfil his duty.
Shudra (शु द्र): One of the four castes in Hindu tradition, consisting of artisans,
cleaners and labourers.
Sindhu (भसन्धु ): The Indus River, Urdu ; س ندھ دری ائ ےTibetan: Sengge Chu
('Lion River'); Persian: Hindu; Greek: Sinthos; Pashto: Abaseen ("The Father of
Rivers"); Mehran (an older name)) is the longest and most important river in
Pakistan. Originating in the Tibetan plateau in the vicinity of Lake Mansarovar.
Sinhikha (भसं भहख): The grim rakshasa who rose from the sea and caught
Hanumana, when he coursed through the air like Garuda in search of Sita.
Sini (भसभि): One of the suitors to Devaki's hand. A kinsman of the Kauravas.
Sītā (सीता): Sita was the wife of Rama, and is esteemed an exemplar of
womanly and wifely virtue. Sita was herself an avatāra of Lakshmi, Vishnu's
eternal consort, who chose to reincarnate herself on Earth as Sita, and endure an
arduous life, in order to provide humankind an example of such virtues.
Smarta (स् मतय ): A Hindu denomination, which follows Advaita philosophy and
considers that all gods are manifestations of Ishvar.
220
Śruti (श्रु भत): A canon of Hindu scriptures. Shruti is believed to have no author;
rather a divine recording of the "cosmic sounds of truth", heard by rishis.
Sthūṇa (स्थू ि): A Yaksha, follower of Kubera, who exchanges his identity with
Shikhandin, A rakshasa who helps disturb Vishvamitra's sacrifices.
Subahu (सु बाहु): King of Kulinda in the Himalayas, ally of the Kauravas,
Subahu was a demon who tried to interrupt Viswamitra's yaga. He was slain by
Lord Rama. King of Chedi.
Subhadra (सु िद्रा): Wife of Arjuna, sister of Sri Krishna and mother of
Abhimanyu.
Sudarshana Chakra (सु दशय ि चक्र): Sudarshan Chakra is a spinning disc like
weapon with very sharp edge, which is one of the weapons in the Hindu God
Vishnu's hands.
Sudeshna (सु देषिा): Queen of King Virata whom Sairandhri (Draupadi) served.
Sudeva (सु देव): A Brahman who traced Damayanti in Chedi and later helps
Damayanti in her quest to find Nala. He was friend of Damayanti's brother.
Sugrīva (सु ग्रीव): Monkey-king, friend of Sri Rama, and brother of mighty Vali
whom Sri Rama killed.
Sujata (सु जाता): Daughter of Sage Uddalaka and wife of Kagola, his disciple
who had virtue and devotion but not much of erudition, mother of Ashtavakra.
Śuka (सु क): A sage, son of Vyasa, who related the Bhagavata Purana to King
Parikshit, grandson of Arjuna.
221
Sukanyā (सु कि् या): Meaning - Fair-maid, The wife of Chyavana whom the
Ashvins beheld at her bath, bare of any garment.
Sumitrā (सु भमत्रा): One of Dasharatha's three wives; mother of Lakshamana and
Shatrughna.
Sunda (सु ि्द): Sunda and Upasunda were two brave and poerful asura princes
who performed austerities to please Brahma, who bestowed them the boon that
nobody else would slay them, other than each other. Later Brahma created a
beautiful apsara Tilottama to create differences within and destroyed them
mutually.
Surabhi (सु रभि): The wish-bestowing cow that came first from the sea in the
process of churning of the Ocean by gods and daityas.
Sūrya (सू यय): A solar deity who is one of the three main Vedic Gods.
Susarma (सु समय): King of Trigarta, a supporter of the Kauravas who backed the
proposal to invade Matsya, Virata's country.
Sushruta Samhita (सु श्रुतसं भहता): Suśruta Saṃhitā is a Sanskrit redaction text on
all of the major concepts of ayurvedic medicine with innovative chapters on
surgery, attributed to Sushruta, likely a historical sage physician of the 6th
century BCE.
Sūtra (सू त्र): Sūtra refers to an aphorism or a collection of such aphorisms in the
form of a book or text. 'Sutras' form a school of Vedic study, related to and
somewhat later than the Upanishads.
222
Suvarna (सु विय ): A soldier on the Kaurava side.
Sri Rama (श्रीराम): Also knew as Rama, Ramachandra or Sri Rama. Hanumana
tells Bhima how he was deeply thrilled when he happened to touch Rama's
body. This king of Ayodhya was banished to the forest for fourteen years, killed
Ravana the king of Lanka who abducted his wife, Sita.
Srutayu (श्रु तायु), Astutayu (अस् तुतायु): Two brothers fighting on the Kaurava
side attacked Arjuna but were killed.
Swarga (स् वगय): An Olympian paradise, a place where all wishes and desires are
gratfied, The heaven of Indra where mortals after death enjoy the results of their
good deeds on earth.
Sveta (स् वेत): A son of King Virata who fell in battle to Bhishma's arrow.
Syala (स्याल): A Yadava prince who insulted the sage Gargya, and was the cause
of his becoming the father of Kalayavana, a great foe of Krishna and the Yadava
family.
T
Tall (टल्ल): One of Ravana's counsellors
Tāragam (तारगम): Tāragam is the name of forest, where dwelt ten thousand
heretical rishis, who taught that the universe is eternal, that souls have no lord
and that performance of works alone suffices for the attainment of salvation.
Shiva taught them lesson and they became his followers. This legend is
associated with Shiva's dance.
223
Tāraka (तारक): A demon slain by Kumara, the first son of Shiva.
Tantra (तं त्र): The esoteric Hindu traditions of rituals and yoga. Tantra can be
summarised as a family of voluntary rituals modeled on those of the Vedas,
together with their attendant texts and lineages.
Tantripala: Assumed name of Sahadeva at Virata's court.
Tarpana or Tarpan (तपय ि ): Sacrament, a death rite, also performed during the
Pitru Paksha.
Tripura (भत्रपु रा): Tripura (meaning three cities, in Sanskrit) was constructed by
the great architect Mayasura. They were great cities of prosperity, power and
dominance over the world, but due to their impious nature, Maya's cities were
destroyed by Lord Shiva.
Trishira (भत्रभसर): Trishira that is, one having three heads, was an asura
mentioned in the Ramayana. He was one of the seven sons of Ravana, and his
other brothers were Indrajit, Prahasta, Atikaya, Akshayakumara, Devantaka and
Narantaka.
Tulsī Dās (तु लसीदास): Goswami Tulsidas (1532–1623) was a Hindu poet and
philosopher, translator of the epics into vernacular. Tulsidas wrote twelve books
and is considered the greatest and most famous of Hindi poets.
U
Uchchaihshravas: Uchchaihsravas was the white horse of Indra, produced at
the churning of the ocean. It is fed on ambrosia, and is held to be the king of
horses.
Udayana: Udayana was a prince of the Lunar race, and son of Sahasranika, who
is the hero of a popular story. He was king of Vatsa, and is commonly called
Vatsaraja. His capital was Kausambi. Also a name of Agastya.
Uddalaka: A great sage and the teacher of Vedanta.
224
Uddhava: The friend and counsellor of Krishna. According to some he was
Krishna 's cousin, being son of Devabhaga, the brother of Vasudeva. He was
also called Pavanayadhi.
Ugrasena (उग्रसे ि): one-time King of Yadavas; deposed by his son Kams. His
wife was Pavanrekha. Krishna killed Kams and established Ugrasena on throne.
Ulūka (उलूक): 'An owl.' Son of Kitava. He was king of a country and people of
the same name. He was an ally of the Kauravas, and acted as their envoy to the
Pandavas.
Ulūpī (उलूपी): A daughter of Kauravya, Raja of the Nagas, with whom Arjuna
contracted a kind of marriage. She was nurse to her stepson, Babhruvahana, and
had great influence over him. According to the Vishnu Purana she had a son
named Iravat.
Unchhavritti (उि् छवृ त्ती): The life of a mendicant, begging his food.
Upachitra (उपभचत्र): One of King Dhritarashtra's sons who perished in the war.
Upaplavya (उपप् लव् य): A place in Matsya Kingdom, where the Pandavas
settled after their exile of thirteen years.
Uparichara: A Vasu or demigod, who, according to the Mahabharata, became
king of Chedi by command of Indra. He had five sons by his wife; and by an
Apsaras, named Adrika, condemned to live on earth in the form of a fish, he had
a son named Matsya (fish), and a daughter, Satyavati, who was the mother of
Vyasa.
225
Upasunda (उपसु ि्द): Sund and Upasunda were two brave and poerful asura
princes who performed austerities to please Brahma, who bestowed them the
boon that nobody else would slay them, other than each other. Later Brahma
created a beautiful apsara Tilottama to create differences within and destroyed
them.
Urvasī (उवय सी): An apsara in Indra's court, whose amorous overtures Arjuna
declined.
Ushanas (उशिा): Ushanas were appointed as priests of asuras, who knew the
science of bringing to life.
Uttanka (उत् तंक): Uttanka was a pupil of Veda, the third pupil of Dhaumya
rishi. The other two pupils of Uttanka were Janamejaya and Poshya.
Uttara (उत्तर): A son of the Raja of Virata. Uttara was killed in battle by Salya.
Uttarā (उत्तरा): A daughter of the Raja of Virata. She married Abhimanyu, son
of Arjuna.
Uttar kānda (उत्तरकां ड): The part of epic Ramayana added later to the work of
Valmiki.
V
Vagdevi: Another name for Saraswati.
Varaha (वराह): The third Avatar of the Hindu Godhead Vishnu, in the form of a
Boar. He appeared in order to defeat Hiranyaksha, a demon who had taken the
Earth (Prithvi) and carried it to the bottom of what is described as the cosmic
ocean in the story.
Vaiśampāyana (वै शंपायि): A celebrated sage who was the original teacher of
the Black Yajur-Veda. He was a pupil of the great Vyasa, from whom he learned
the Mahabharata, which he afterwards recited to King Janamejaya at a festival.
226
Vaishnava mantra (वै ष्िव मंत्र): An invocation which endows a missile with
some of the irresistible power of Vishnu.
Vaishya (वै श्य): One of the four fundamental varnas (colours) in Hindu tradition
comprising merchants, artisans, and landowners.
Vaivasvata Manu (वै वस्वत मिु ): Vaivasvata Manu (also Manu Vaivasvate) is
one of the 14 Manus. He is considered the progenitor of the current Manvantara,
which is the 7th of the 14 that make up the current Kalpa, each Kalpa making up
a day of Brahma. He was born to Saranya and Vivasvat and was the King of
Dravida during the epoch of the Matsya Purana.He was the founder of the
Suryavansha race of kings.
Vālī (वाली): One of five great monkeys in Ramayana, a son of Indra, Monkey-
king of Kishkindha and the cruel elder brother of Sugriva. He was killed by
Rama.
Vāmadeva (वामदे व): Vamadeva is the name of the "preserver" aspect of the god
Shiva, one of five aspects of the universe he embodies. Also one of Dasharatha's
priest.
Vamana (वामि): The fifth Avatara of Vishnu. He is the first Avatar of Vishnu
which had a completely human form, although it was that of a dwarf brahmin.
227
Vanāsur (बािासु र): Same as Banasur, was a thousand-armed asura, powerful
and terrible. He was son of Bali. Bana was a follower of Shiva. Banasura had a
beautiful daughter named Usha.
Vanaprastha (वािप्रस् थ): The third stage of the dvija's life, when he is required
to relinquish worldly responsibilities to his heirs and retires to the woods with
his wife for an anchorite's life. A person who is living in the forest as a hermit
after giving up material desires.
Vandi: Court poet of Mithila who on being defeated by Sage Ashtavakra in
debate drowned himself in the ocean and went to the abode of Varuna.
Varaha (वाराह): The third Avatar of Vishnu, who came in the form of a boar.
Vardhamana (विय माि): The northern gate of the Kuru capital Hastinapura.
Varṇa (विय ): Means - colour, Varna refers to the four naturally existing classes
of society as given in the Hindu scriptures: Brahmin, Kshatriya, Vaishya and
Shudra.
Varuṇa (वरुि): A god of the sky, of rain and of the celestial ocean, as well as a
god of law and of the underworld.
Vashiṣtha (वभशष् ठ): Vasishtha was chief of the seven venerated sages (or
Saptarishi) and the Rajaguru of the Suryavamsha. He was the manasaputra of
Brahma. He had in his possession the divine cow Kamadhenu, and Nandini her
child, who could grant anything to their owners. Arundhati was his wife.
Vasudhana (वसु िि): Another warrior who perished in the battle on the Twelfth
Day.
228
Vasudeva (वसु देव): Descendant of Yadu, husband of Rohini and Devaki. An
epithet of Krishna. It means both son of Vasudeva and the supreme spirit that
pervades the universe.
Vasuki: King of the Nagas or serpents who live in Patala. He was used by the
gods and Asuras for a coil round the mountain Mandara at the churning of the
ocean.
Vatapi: Vatapi and Ilvala, two Rakshasas, sons either of Hrada or Viprachitti.
They are mentioned in the Ramayana as dwelling in the Dandaka forest.
Vayu (वायु): The god of air and wind who is also father of Bhima and Hanuman.
Vidura (भवदु र): Vidura was a son of a maid-servant who served the Queens of
Hastinapura, Queen Ambika and Ambalika. A friend of pandavas. After
Krishna, he was the most trusted advisor to the Pandavas and had warned them
repeatedly about Duryodhana's plots.
229
Vijayadashami (भवजयादशमी):A festival celebrated on the tenth day of the
bright fortnight (Shukla Paksha) of the Hindu autumn month of Ashvin.
Vinda (भवि् द), Anuvinda (अिु भवि् द): Two brothers kings of Avanti, great
soldiers whom were on the Kaurava side, they suffered defeat at the hands of
Yudhamanyu.
Virāta (भवराट): King of Matsya, the country which was suggested by Bhima to
live in incognito during the thirteenth year of their exile.
Vīrabhadra (वीरिद्र): Vīrabhadra was a demon that sprang from Shiva's lock of
hair. Shiva burnt with anger when not invited in a sacrifice by Daksha and his
wife Sati released the inward consuming fire and fell dead at Daksha's feet.
Shiva burned with anger, and tore from his head a lock of hair, glowing with
energy, and cast upon the earth. The terrible demon Vīrabhadra sprang from it.
On the direction of Shiva, Virabhadra appeared with Shiva's ganas in the midst
of Daksha's assembly like a storm wind and broke the sacrificial vessels,
polluted the offerings, insulted the priests and finally cut off Daksha's head.
230
Virochana (भवरोचि): An asura, son of Prahlada, and father of Bali. He is also
called Drisana. When the earth was milked, Virochana acted as the calf of the
Asuras.
Vishnu (भवष् िु): A form of God, to whom many Hindus pray. For Vaishnavas,
He is the only Ultimate Reality or God. In Trimurti belief, He is the second
aspect of God in the Trimurti (also called the Hindu Trinity), along with Brahma
and Shiva. Known as the Preserver, He is most famously identified with His
Avatars, especially Krishna and Rama.
Visvarupa (भवस् वरुप): Name of Twashta's son who became the preceptor of the
gods, Brihaspati having left when insulted by Indra.
Vrikasthala (वृ कस्थल): One of the provinces asked by Pandavas. This province
and town were situated in the southern part of Kuru Kingdom (Kuru Proper +
Kurujangala). Krishna visited the town of Vrikasthala (in Gurgaon district of
Haryana) and camped there for one night (5,84).
231
Vrindavana: A wood in the district of Mathura where Krishna passed his youth,
under the name of Gopala, among the cowherds.
Vrishdarbha (वृ षदिय): A king of Benares, associated with the story of "The
king, the Pigeon, and Hawk".
Vrishni (वृ षभि): A descendent of Yadu, and the ancestor from whom Krsna got
the name Varshneya
Vrishnis, (वृ षभि): The descendant of Vrishni, son of Madhu, whose ancestor
was the eldest son of Yadu. Krsna belonged to this branch of the Lunar race.
The people of Dwaraka were known as the Vrishnis. Tribals of this race were
devoted to the Pandavas, who with Sri Krishna visited the Pandavas in their
exile.
Vrishasena (वृ षसे ि): Son of Karna, A warrior on the Kaurava side, slain by
Arjuna.
Vrishnis (वृ षभि): The people of Dwaraka to which belonged Krishna. After the
death of Duryodhana his mother cursed that after 36 years Krishna should
persish alone miserably and his people, the Vrishnis, should be destroyed.
Vritra (वृ त्र): Means "the enveloper". Vritra, was an Asura and also a serpent or
dragon, the personification of drought and enemy of Indra. Vritra was also
known in the Vedas as Ahi ("snake"), cognate with Azhi Dahaka of Zoroastrian
mythology and he is said to have had three heads. He was son of Twashta who
was defeated by Indra's weapons Vajrayudha. He was born out of his father's
sacrificial flames and became Indra's mortal enemy.
Y
Yādavas (यादव): The descendants of Yadu, who dwelt by the Yamuna river.
Yadu (यदु ): A prince of the lunar dynasty; Yadu is the name of one of the five
Aryan clans mentioned in the Rig Veda. His descendants are called Yadavas.
232
The epic Mahabharata and Puranas refer to Yadu as the eldest son of
mythological king Yayati.
Yaduvamsis: Those of the clan of Yadu.
Yakṣa (यक्ष): Yaksha or Yakkha (Pāli) is the name of a broad class of nature-
spirits or minor deities who appear in Hindu and Buddhist mythology. The
feminine form of the word is yakṣī or yakṣiṇī (Pāli: yakkhī or yakkhinī). subjects
of Kubera, the god of wealth.
Yama (यम): Yama, also known as Yamarāja (यमराज) is the lord of death, first
recorded in the Vedas. God of dharma, whose son was Yudhishthira. It is he
whose questions Yudhishthira answered correctly whereupon his dead brothers
were brought back to life on the banks of the enchanted pool.
Yamas: A yama (Sanskrit), literally translates as a "restraint", a rule or code of
conduct for living virtuously.
Yamuna (जमुिा): A river (also spelled Jamuna), joining with the Ganges.
Literally meaning "twins" in Sanskrit, as it runs parallel to the Ganges, its name
is mentioned at many places in the Rig Veda, written during the Vedic period ca
between 1700–1100 BCE, and also in the later Atharvaveda, and the Brahmanas
including Aitareya Brahmana and Shatapatha Brahmana.
Yashodā (यशोदा): Yasodā was wife of Nanda and foster-mother of, Krishna,
who was given to them by Vasudeva. Yasoda also played an important role in
the upbrinding of Balarama and his sister Subhadra. She is also sometimes
described as having her own daughter, known as Ekānaṅgā.
Yavakrida: Son of Sage Bharadwaja who was bent upon mastering the Vedas.
Yayati (ययाभत): Emperor of the Bharata race who rescued Devayani from the
well into which she had been thrown by Sharmishtha. He later married both
Devayani and Sarmishtha. One of the ancestors of the Pandavas who became
prematurely old due to Sukracharya's curse.
233
Yoga are considered the four main yogas. In the West, yoga has become
associated with the asanas (postures) of Hatha Yoga, popular as fitness
exercises.
Yoga Sutra (योग सू त्र): One of the six darshanas of Hindu or Vedic schools and,
alongside the Bhagavad Gita and Hatha Yoga Pradipika, are a milestone in the
history of Yoga.
Yogi (योगी): One who practices yoga, These designations are mostly reserved
for advanced practitioners. The word "yoga" itself—from the Sanskrit root yuj
("to yoke") --is generally translated as "union" or "integration" and may be
understood as union with the Divine, or integration of body, mind, and spirit.
Yudhishthira (युभिभिर): Yudhishthira was the eldest son of King Pandu and
Queen Kunti, king of Hastinapura and Indraprastha, and World Emperor. He
was the principal protagonist of the Kurukshetra War, and for his unblemished
piety, known as Dharmaraja.
Yuga (युग): In Hindu philosophy (and in the teachings of Surat Shabd Yoga) the
cycle of creation is divided into four yugas (ages or eras).
Yuyudhāna (युयुिाि): Another name of Satyaki, who was not killed in the
warfare but in a mutual fight among Yadavas.
Yuyutsu (युयुत्स)ू : A noble son of Dhritarashtra who bent his head in shame and
sorrow when Yudhishthira lost Draupadi. He also disapproved of the unfair way
in which Abhimanyu was killed.
234
Contents
Shiva Yoga of Meditation – Lord Shiva 2
Lord Shiva of Yoga Meditation 20
Lord Shiva and Snakes 24
Mysticism in Ancient India 26
Essence of Shiva Meditation 27
Techniques of Doing Shiva Meditation 28
Lord Shiva in Deep Meditation 29
Whom does the Lord Shiva meditate upon? He meditates on himself 29
What mantra (sacred phrase) Lord Shiva could be chanting? 30
What about his consort Parvati? 30
What are the esoteric teachings of Lord Shiva’s meditation? 30
More about Shiva Yoga of Meditation 31
Teaching of Yoga Meditation Today 38
Some general instructions about the Asanas 40
How to Meditate on Lord Shiva (Three Parts) 41
1.Chanting mantras (understand the power of sound) 45
2. Meditate on Shiva the Master Yogi 46
3. Chant the mantra, “Om Namah Shivaya” 46
4. Conclude your meditation 47
Isha Kriya – A Powerful Guided Meditation; Meditation and the Mind 48
Transcending the Physical 49
The Isha Kriya Meditation Technique; The Meditation 50
What can I possibly gain out of this? 51
What is the use of doing this? 52
Why should my head be slightly upturned? 52
What does the meditation do? 52
What is the importance of the breath? 53
What effect does uttering the sound “AAA” have on me? 54
Shaivite Yoga Traditions 55
Why is the Lord Shiva the most mysterious amond all Hindu Deities 56
Part One 56
Part Two 58
How to Worship Lord Shiva 62
Shiva Manasa Puja 64
Panchashara mantra Writing 64
Shiva Jnanam 64
Worship of Shiva Linga 66
Shiva Linga is Chinmaya 68
Way to Attain Lord Shiva 69
Greatness of the Prasad 71
235
Benefit of Pilgrimage 71
Benefits of Parikrama 72
Real Flower and Arati 74
Lord Shiva and Martial Arts 75
The Art of Varna Kalai 77
Modern Niyuddha Kride 81
Aims of Niyuddha 83
The Practice of Shiva Yoga (for beginners) 84
A reminder: Where is the Third-Eye? 87
Science – Psychology – Psychosynthesis; Opening the Third-Eye 89
Chakra
Activating the Third Eye Chakra; Third Eye meditation 94
techniques
How to Open Your Third Eye; Brief Summary 95
Part One – Learning Meditation – Learning the Third Eye Meditation 96
Part Two – More Mindfulness 98
Part Three – Benefitting Your Third Eye 99
Another Meditation Method for Opening Your Third Eye Chakra 99
How to Reach a Theta State of Mind Without Machines 101
Grounding Exercise to Prepare for the Theta State 102
Visualization for Entering a Theta Mind State 102
Running High mentally Meditation; Runner’s High 104
How to Practice Running Meditation 105
Add Mindfulness for Running Stamina 106
Synchronizing the Breath with Your Running Meditation 106
Relax the Body during the Run 107
Zen Meditation 108
Zen Walking Meditation 110
Shashu Hand Position; Alternative hand position; How to Do Zen 111
Walking Meditation (more about it)
How long should you meditate, 113
Can you meditate too much? 114
Summary of what we have precedingly learned: The Fundamentals of 115
the Third-Eye Activation or Pineal Gland Activation: Scientific
Balancing the Endocrine System.
The Hypothalamus/Pituitary Relationship 115
Functions of the Pituitary in Physical Health and Spiritual Awakening; 116
the Pineal Gland
Melatonin and the Pineal Gland; Serotonin and other Consciousness 117
Enhancing Neurochemicals secreted by the Pineal Gland; Spiritual
Aspects of the Pineal Gland; The Pineal Gland: Key to opening the
Third Eye
236
Melatonin and the Spirit Molecules; The Pineal Gland and Vibration 118
Magnetic Fields and the Pineal Gland 119
The Crystal Palace – Hypothalamus, Pituitary, and Pineal 119
The Pineal Gland and its Relationship with Light 120
Qi Gong Practices for Activating the Pineal Gland and Harmonizing the 120
Crystal Palace
Chi Kung though the Eyes of Craniosacral Science 122
Lights and Music; Awakening the Core Link between the cranium and 124
Sacrum; U Spinal Cord Breathing
Shakti and Shaktipat Initiation or Shambhavia Mudra Awakening 125
Transmission, the Meditation Alternative
What is Meditation? 126
How to reach self-realisation? Important; The Self-realization project; 127
Preparatory stage. Temporary witnessing
The witnessing state; Dark Night of the Mind – Dark Night of the Soul 128
Witnessing or ecstasy are not spiritual enlightenment; Self-realization. 129
Nothingness-being. Freedom. Pure Being
From Pure being to non-dual love-peace-bliss; Dark Night of the Soul 130
Self-recognition. Love-peace-bliss 131
In fact, what is Shakti do your remember?; What is Shaktipat Diksha in 132
the Hindu Tradition?
What Shaktipat is not? What is Diksha? What’s the difference between 133
Shaktipat and Prana transmission?
Who can give the kind of Initiation; Shaktipat is no religion. 134
Shaktipat is not a form of possession; What about imparting mantras! 135
Do I need to be celibate or a renunciator for the Shaktipat to take effect?
How many initiations do I need? Am I required to maintain an
association with the initiator after initiation?
Shaktipat Self-Initiation to open your mind (Shambhavia Mudra); 136
Benefits of Shambhavia Mudra
The Physical level of Shambhavia; The Shambhavia Mudra Instructions 137
Integration; Infusing the Mind with Love, Peace and Bliss 138
Practice; Integrated practice 139
Personal experience; Awakening the Serpent Fire; The Awakening 140
My dying breath; The grand finale: my orgasmic brain; Re-entry: My 141
descent into a world of illusion
The after effects; Meditation is faster than the laying-on-hands of a 142
guru; Eight scientific ways towards a happy living
Various helpful meditation techniques for developing Kundalini without 152
guru
Bindu Kriya 155
Chakra Kriya meditation; Chakra Pranayama 156
237
Hindu Scriptures; The Hindu Sacred Scriptures; The Srutis 157
Revealed Truths without Beginning or End 158
The Four Vedas and their Sub Divisions 159
The Celebrated Hindu Law-Givers; Need for a New Law-Code 163
The Inner Voice of Dharma; The Sruti and the Smriti; The Itihasas 164
The Ramayana; The Mahabharata 165
The Bhagavad-Gita; Knowledge of Ancient Indian History and Culture; 166
The Puranas
The Eighteen Puranas 167
The Srimad Bhagavata Purana and the Ten Avataras; The Tamil 168
Puranas
The Upa-Puranas; Utility of the Puranas; The Agamas; 169
The Vaishnava Agamas; The Saiva Agamas; The Sakta Agamas 170
The Six Darsanas 171
Sutra; Bhashya 172
Vritti: Sadvrittih sannibandhana; Varttika; Vyakhyana or Tika; Tippany 173
Other Scriptures: The Secular Writings … 174
The Significance of Shiva’s Dance 175
Hindu Sacred Texts Glossary 176
Contents 235
238